Update documentation for $wgAutopromote
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40 use MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices;
41
42 /**
43 * @cond file_level_code
44 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
45 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
46 */
47 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
48 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
49 die( 1 );
50 }
51
52 /** @endcond */
53
54 /**
55 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
56 * Not used for much in a default install.
57 * @since 1.5
58 */
59 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
60
61 /**
62 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
63 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
64 * callable.
65 * @since 1.23
66 */
67 $wgConfigRegistry = [
68 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
69 ];
70
71 /**
72 * MediaWiki version number
73 * @since 1.2
74 */
75 $wgVersion = '1.34.0-alpha';
76
77 /**
78 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
79 */
80 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
81
82 /**
83 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
84 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
85 * @var bool
86 * @since 1.26
87 */
88 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
89
90 /**
91 * URL of the server.
92 *
93 * @par Example:
94 * @code
95 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
96 * @endcode
97 *
98 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
99 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
100 * case, set this variable to fix it.
101 *
102 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
103 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
104 * to a fully qualified URL.
105 */
106 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
107
108 /**
109 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
110 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
111 *
112 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
113 * @since 1.18
114 */
115 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
116
117 /**
118 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
119 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
120 * @since 1.24
121 */
122 $wgServerName = false;
123
124 /************************************************************************//**
125 * @name Script path settings
126 * @{
127 */
128
129 /**
130 * The path we should point to.
131 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
132 *
133 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
134 *
135 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
136 * set in LocalSettings.php
137 */
138 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
139
140 /**
141 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
142 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
143 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
144 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
145 * problems on Apache as well.
146 *
147 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
148 *
149 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
150 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
151 *
152 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
153 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
154 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
155 * @since 1.2.1
156 */
157 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
159 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
160
161 /**@}*/
162
163 /************************************************************************//**
164 * @name URLs and file paths
165 *
166 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
167 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
168 *
169 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
170 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
171 *
172 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
173 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
174 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
175 *
176 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
177 *
178 * @{
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * The URL path to index.php.
183 *
184 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
185 */
186 $wgScript = false;
187
188 /**
189 * The URL path to load.php.
190 *
191 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
192 * @since 1.17
193 */
194 $wgLoadScript = false;
195
196 /**
197 * The URL path to the REST API
198 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/rest.php"
199 * @since 1.34
200 */
201 $wgRestPath = false;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.3
207 */
208 $wgStylePath = false;
209 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
210
211 /**
212 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
213 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
214 * @since 1.17
215 */
216 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
217
218 /**
219 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
220 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
221 * @since 1.16
222 */
223 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
224
225 /**
226 * Filesystem extensions directory.
227 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
228 * @since 1.25
229 */
230 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
231
232 /**
233 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
234 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
235 * @since 1.3
236 */
237 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
238
239 /**
240 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
241 * which is replaced by the article title.
242 *
243 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
244 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
245 */
246 $wgArticlePath = false;
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for the images directory.
250 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
251 */
252 $wgUploadPath = false;
253
254 /**
255 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
256 */
257 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
258
259 /**
260 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
261 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
262 */
263 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
264
265 /**
266 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
267 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
268 */
269 $wgLogo = false;
270
271 /**
272 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
273 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
274 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
275 *
276 * @par Example:
277 * @code
278 * $wgLogoHD = [
279 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
280 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
281 * ];
282 * @endcode
283 *
284 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
285 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
286 * be optimised for screen resolution.
287 *
288 * @par Example:
289 * @code
290 * $wgLogoHD = [
291 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
292 * ];
293 * @endcode
294 *
295 * @since 1.25
296 */
297 $wgLogoHD = false;
298
299 /**
300 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
301 * @since 1.6
302 */
303 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
304
305 /**
306 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
307 * Defaults to no icon.
308 * @since 1.12
309 */
310 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
311
312 /**
313 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
314 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
315 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
316 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
317 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
318 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
319 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
320 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
321 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
322 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
323 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
324 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
325 * understand it).
326 *
327 * @var array|string|bool
328 * @since 1.25
329 */
330 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
331
332 /**
333 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
334 * be web accessible.
335 *
336 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
337 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
338 * logic.
339 *
340 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
341 * variable.
342 *
343 * @see wfTempDir()
344 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
345 */
346 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
347
348 /**
349 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
350 * upload URL.
351 * @since 1.4
352 */
353 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
354
355 /**
356 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
357 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
358 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
359 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
360 * @since 1.17
361 */
362 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
363
364 /**
365 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
366 * plain page views, add to this array.
367 *
368 * @par Example:
369 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
370 * @code
371 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
372 * @endcode
373 *
374 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
375 * URLs.
376 * @since 1.5
377 */
378 $wgActionPaths = [];
379
380 /**@}*/
381
382 /************************************************************************//**
383 * @name Files and file uploads
384 * @{
385 */
386
387 /**
388 * Allow users to upload files.
389 *
390 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
391 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
392 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
393 *
394 * @since 1.5
395 */
396 $wgEnableUploads = false;
397
398 /**
399 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
400 */
401 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
402
403 /**
404 * Allows to move images and other media files
405 */
406 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
407
408 /**
409 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
410 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
411 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
412 *
413 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
414 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
415 */
416 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
417
418 /**
419 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
420 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
421 *
422 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
423 * completeness.
424 */
425 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
426
427 /**
428 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
429 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
430 */
431 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
432
433 /**
434 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
435 */
436 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
437
438 /**
439 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
440 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
441 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
442 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
443 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
444 *
445 * Example:
446 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
447 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
448 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
449 *
450 * @see $wgFileBackends
451 */
452 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
453
454 /**
455 * File repository structures
456 *
457 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
458 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
459 * array of properties configuring the repository.
460 *
461 * Properties required for all repos:
462 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
463 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
464 *
465 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
466 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
467 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
468 *
469 * For most core repos:
470 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
471 * container : backend container name the zone is in
472 * directory : root path within container for the zone
473 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
474 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
475 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
476 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
477 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
478 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
479 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
480 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
481 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
482 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
483 * handler instead.
484 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
485 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
486 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
487 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
488 * - pathDisclosureProtection
489 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
490 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
491 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
492 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
493 * is 0644.
494 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
495 * some remote repos.
496 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
497 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
498 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
499 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
500 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
501 *
502 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
503 * for local repositories:
504 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
505 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
506 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
507 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
508 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
509 * on the local wiki.
510 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
511 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
512 *
513 * ForeignDBRepo:
514 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
515 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
516 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
517 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
518 * and accessible from, this wiki.
519 *
520 * ForeignAPIRepo:
521 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
522 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
523 *
524 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
525 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
526 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
527 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
528 * be searched after the local file repo.
529 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
530 *
531 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
532 */
533 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
534
535 /**
536 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
537 *
538 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
539 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
540 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
541 *
542 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
543 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
544 *
545 * @since 1.11
546 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
547 */
548 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
549
550 /**
551 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
552 *
553 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
554 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
555 * default settings.
556 *
557 * @since 1.16
558 */
559 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
560
561 /**
562 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
563 *
564 * Uses the following variables:
565 *
566 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
567 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
568 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
569 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
570 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
571 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
572 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
573 *
574 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
575 * class, with also the following variables:
576 *
577 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
578 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
579 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
580 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
581 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
582 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
583 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
584 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
585 *
586 * @var bool
587 * @since 1.3
588 */
589 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
590
591 /**
592 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
593 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
594 *
595 * @var string
596 * @since 1.3
597 */
598 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
599
600 /**
601 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
602 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
603 *
604 * @var string
605 * @since 1.3
606 */
607 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
608
609 /**
610 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
611 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
612 *
613 * @var bool
614 * @since 1.3
615 */
616 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
617
618 /**
619 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
620 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
621 *
622 * @since 1.5
623 */
624 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
625
626 /**
627 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
628 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
629 *
630 * @var bool
631 * @since 1.5
632 */
633 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
634
635 /**
636 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
637 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
638 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
639 *
640 * @var bool|string
641 * @since 1.4
642 */
643 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
644
645 /**
646 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
647 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
648 *
649 * @var string
650 * @since 1.5
651 */
652 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
653
654 /**
655 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
656 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
657 *
658 * @var bool
659 * @since 1.5
660 */
661 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
662
663 /**
664 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
665 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
666 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
667 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
668 *
669 * Example:
670 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
671 */
672 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
673
674 /**
675 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
676 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
677 *
678 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
679 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
680 *
681 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
682 */
683 $wgUploadDialog = [
684 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
685 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
686 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
687 'fields' => [
688 'description' => true,
689 'date' => false,
690 'categories' => false,
691 ],
692 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
693 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
694 'licensemessages' => [
695 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
696 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
697 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
698 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
699 'local' => 'generic-local',
700 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
701 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
702 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
703 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
704 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
705 ],
706 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
707 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
708 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
709 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
710 'comment' => [
711 'local' => '',
712 'foreign' => '',
713 ],
714 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
715 'format' => [
716 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
717 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
718 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
719 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
720 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
721 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
722 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
723 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
724 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
725 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
726 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
727 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
728 // * $TEXT - input by the user
729 'description' => '$TEXT',
730 'ownwork' => '',
731 'license' => '',
732 'uncategorized' => '',
733 ],
734 ];
735
736 /**
737 * File backend structure configuration.
738 *
739 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
740 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
741 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
742 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
743 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
744 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
745 *
746 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
747 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
748 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
749 *
750 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
751 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
752 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
753 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
754 *
755 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
756 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
757 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
758 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
759 * Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
760 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
761 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
762 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
763 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
764 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
765 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
766 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
767 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
768 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
769 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
770 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
771 */
772 $wgFileBackends = [];
773
774 /**
775 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
776 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
777 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
778 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
779 *
780 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
781 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
782 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
783 *
784 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
785 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
786 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
787 */
788 $wgLockManagers = [];
789
790 /**
791 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
792 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
793 *
794 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
795 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
796 * extensions" section of php.ini:
797 * @code{.ini}
798 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
802
803 /**
804 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
805 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
806 * Defaults to false.
807 */
808 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
812 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
813 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
814 */
815 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
816
817 /**
818 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
819 *
820 * @since 1.20
821 */
822 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
823
824 /**
825 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
826 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
827 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
828 */
829 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
830
831 /**
832 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
833 * @since 1.20
834 */
835 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
836
837 /**
838 * Different timeout for upload by url
839 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
840 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
841 * to default.
842 *
843 * @var int|bool
844 *
845 * @since 1.22
846 */
847 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
848
849 /**
850 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
851 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
852 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
853 * for non-specified types.
854 *
855 * @par Example:
856 * @code
857 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
858 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
859 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
860 * ];
861 * @endcode
862 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
863 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
864 */
865 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
866
867 /**
868 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
869 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
870 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
871 * @since 1.26
872 */
873 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
874
875 /**
876 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
877 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
878 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
879 *
880 * @par Example:
881 * @code
882 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
883 * @endcode
884 */
885 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
886
887 /**
888 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
889 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
890 * appended to it as appropriate.
891 */
892 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
893
894 /**
895 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
896 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
897 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
898 * access to the thumbnail path.
899 *
900 * @par Example:
901 * @code
902 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
903 * @endcode
904 */
905 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
906
907 /**
908 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
909 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
910 *
911 * @var string
912 * @since 1.3
913 */
914 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
915
916 /**
917 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
918 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
919 *
920 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
921 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
922 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
923 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
924 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
925 *
926 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
927 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
928 */
929 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
930
931 /**
932 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
933 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
934 *
935 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
936 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
937 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
938 */
939 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
940
941 /**
942 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
943 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
944 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
945 */
946 $wgFileBlacklist = [
947 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
948 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
949 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
950 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar',
951 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
952 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
953 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
954 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
955
956 /**
957 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
958 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
959 */
960 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
961 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
962 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
963 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
964 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
965 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
966 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
967 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
968 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
969 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
970 'application/x-msmetafile',
971 ];
972
973 /**
974 * Allow Java archive uploads.
975 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
976 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
977 */
978 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
979
980 /**
981 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
982 *
983 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
984 */
985 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
986
987 /**
988 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
989 * by $wgFileExtensions.
990 *
991 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
992 */
993 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
994
995 /**
996 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
997 *
998 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
999 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
1000 */
1001 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
1005 */
1006 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
1007
1008 /**
1009 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1010 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1011 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1012 *
1013 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1014 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1015 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1016 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1017 */
1018 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1019 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1020 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1021 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1022 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1023 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1024 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1025 ];
1026
1027 /**
1028 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1029 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1030 *
1031 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1032 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1033 */
1034 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1035
1036 /**
1037 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1038 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1039 */
1040 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1041 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1042 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1043 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1044 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1045 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1046 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1047 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1048 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1049 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1050 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1051 ];
1052
1053 /**
1054 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1055 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1056 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1057 *
1058 * @since 1.21
1059 */
1060 $wgContentHandlers = [
1061 // the usual case
1062 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1063 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1064 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1065 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1066 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1067 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1068 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1069 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1070 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1071 ];
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1075 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1076 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1077 */
1078 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1079
1080 /**
1081 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1082 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1083 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1084 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1085 *
1086 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1087 */
1088 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1089
1090 /**
1091 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1092 */
1093 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1094
1095 /**
1096 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1097 * @since 1.27
1098 */
1099 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1100
1101 /**
1102 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1103 */
1104 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1105
1106 /**
1107 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1108 */
1109 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1113 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1114 */
1115 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1119 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1120 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1121 *
1122 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1123 * @code
1124 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1125 * @endcode
1126 *
1127 * Leave as false to skip this.
1128 */
1129 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1130
1131 /**
1132 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1133 *
1134 * @since 1.21
1135 */
1136 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1137
1138 /**
1139 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1140 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1141 * at sharp edges.
1142 *
1143 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1144 *
1145 * Supported values:
1146 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1147 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1148 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1149 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1150 *
1151 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1152 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1153 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1154 *
1155 * @since 1.27
1156 */
1157 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1158
1159 /**
1160 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1161 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1162 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1163 *
1164 * @since 1.32
1165 */
1166 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1167
1168 /**
1169 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1170 * image formats.
1171 */
1172 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1173
1174 /**
1175 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1176 *
1177 * @since 1.26
1178 */
1179 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1180
1181 /**
1182 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1183 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1184 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1185 *
1186 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1187 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1188 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1189 */
1190 $wgSVGConverters = [
1191 'ImageMagick' =>
1192 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1193 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1194 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1195 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1196 . '$output $input',
1197 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1198 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1199 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1200 ];
1201
1202 /**
1203 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1204 */
1205 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1206
1207 /**
1208 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1209 */
1210 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1214 */
1215 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1216
1217 /**
1218 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1219 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1220 */
1221 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Obsolete, no longer used.
1225 * SVG file uploads now always allow <title> elements.
1226 *
1227 * @deprecated 1.34
1228 */
1229 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = true;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1233 * page language), if available.
1234 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1235 * to specify text language.
1236 *
1237 * @since 1.33
1238 */
1239 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = true;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1243 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1244 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1245 *
1246 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1247 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1248 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1249 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1250 *
1251 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1252 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1253 */
1254 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1255
1256 /**
1257 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1258 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1259 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1260 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1261 */
1262 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1263
1264 /**
1265 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1266 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1267 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1268 *
1269 * @par Example:
1270 * @code
1271 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1272 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1273 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1274 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1275 * @endcode
1276 */
1277 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1278
1279 /**
1280 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1281 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1282 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1283 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1284 */
1285 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1286
1287 /**
1288 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1289 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1290 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1291 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1292 */
1293 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1294
1295 /**
1296 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1297 * output instead of showing an error message.
1298 *
1299 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1300 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1301 *
1302 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1303 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1304 * are logged to a file for review.
1305 */
1306 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1307
1308 /**
1309 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1310 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1311 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1312 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1313 * webserver(s).
1314 */
1315 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1319 */
1320 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1321
1322 /**
1323 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1324 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1325 * is available that can rotate.
1326 */
1327 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1328
1329 /**
1330 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1331 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1332 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1333 */
1334 $wgAntivirus = null;
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1338 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1339 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1340 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1341 *
1342 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1343 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1344 *
1345 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1346 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1347 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1348 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1349 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1350 * path.
1351 *
1352 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1353 * function in SpecialUpload.
1354 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1355 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1356 * is not set.
1357 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1358 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1359 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1360 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1361 * no virus was found.
1362 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1363 * a virus.
1364 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1365 *
1366 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1367 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1368 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1369 */
1370 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1371
1372 # setup for clamav
1373 'clamav' => [
1374 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1375 'codemap' => [
1376 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1377 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1378 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1379 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1380 ],
1381 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1382 ],
1383 ];
1384
1385 /**
1386 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1387 */
1388 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1389
1390 /**
1391 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1392 */
1393 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1394
1395 /**
1396 * Determines whether extra checks for IE type detection should be applied.
1397 * This is a conservative check for exactly what IE 6 or so checked for,
1398 * and shouldn't trigger on for instance JPEG files containing links in EXIF
1399 * metadata.
1400 *
1401 * @since 1.34
1402 */
1403 $wgVerifyMimeTypeIE = true;
1404
1405 /**
1406 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1407 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1408 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1409 */
1410 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1411
1412 /**
1413 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1414 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1415 */
1416 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1417
1418 /**
1419 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1420 * the MIME type to standard output.
1421 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1422 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1423 *
1424 * @par Example:
1425 * @code
1426 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1427 * @endcode
1428 */
1429 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1430
1431 /**
1432 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1433 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1434 * can be trusted.
1435 */
1436 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1437
1438 /**
1439 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1440 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1441 */
1442 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1443 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1444 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1445 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1446 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1447 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1448 ];
1449
1450 /**
1451 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1452 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1453 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1454 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1455 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1456 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1457 */
1458 $wgImageLimits = [
1459 [ 320, 240 ],
1460 [ 640, 480 ],
1461 [ 800, 600 ],
1462 [ 1024, 768 ],
1463 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1464 ];
1465
1466 /**
1467 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1468 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1469 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1470 */
1471 $wgThumbLimits = [
1472 120,
1473 150,
1474 180,
1475 200,
1476 250,
1477 300
1478 ];
1479
1480 /**
1481 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1482 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1483 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1484 *
1485 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1486 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1487 * supports it.
1488 */
1489 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1490
1491 /**
1492 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1493 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1494 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1495 * following buckets:
1496 *
1497 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1498 *
1499 * and a distance of 50:
1500 *
1501 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1502 *
1503 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1504 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1505 */
1506 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1507
1508 /**
1509 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1510 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1511 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1512 *
1513 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1514 *
1515 * @since 1.25
1516 */
1517
1518 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1519
1520 /**
1521 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1522 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1523 *
1524 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1525 * thumbnail's URL.
1526 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1527 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1528 *
1529 * @since 1.25
1530 */
1531 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1532
1533 /**
1534 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1535 *
1536 * @since 1.25
1537 */
1538 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1539
1540 /**
1541 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1542 * HTTP request to.
1543 *
1544 * @since 1.25
1545 */
1546 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1547
1548 /**
1549 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1550 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1551 *
1552 * @since 1.26
1553 */
1554 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1555
1556 /**
1557 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1558 * Fields are:
1559 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1560 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1561 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1562 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1563 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1564 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1565 * @deprecated since 1.28
1566 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1567 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1568 * - mode: Gallery mode
1569 */
1570 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1574 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1575 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1576 */
1577 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1578
1579 /**
1580 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1581 */
1582 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1583
1584 /**
1585 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1586 *
1587 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1588 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1589 */
1590 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * @name DJVU settings
1594 * @{
1595 */
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Path of the djvudump executable
1599 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1600 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1601 */
1602 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1606 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1607 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1608 */
1609 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1613 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1614 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1615 */
1616 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1617
1618 /**
1619 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1620 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1621 *
1622 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1623 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1624 * the efficiency problem.
1625 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1626 *
1627 * @par Example:
1628 * @code
1629 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1630 * @endcode
1631 */
1632 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1633
1634 /**
1635 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1636 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1637 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1638 */
1639 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1640
1641 /**
1642 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1643 */
1644 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1645
1646 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1647
1648 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1649
1650 /************************************************************************//**
1651 * @name Email settings
1652 * @{
1653 */
1654
1655 /**
1656 * Site admin email address.
1657 *
1658 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1659 */
1660 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1661
1662 /**
1663 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1664 *
1665 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1666 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1667 *
1668 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1669 */
1670 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1674 *
1675 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1676 */
1677 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1681 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1682 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1683 */
1684 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1685
1686 /**
1687 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1688 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1689 */
1690 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1691
1692 /**
1693 * Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users
1694 * to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked
1695 * to from emails originating from Special:Email.
1696 *
1697 * @since 1.34
1698 * @deprecated 1.34
1699 */
1700 $wgEnableSpecialMute = false;
1701
1702 /**
1703 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1704 *
1705 * @since 1.30
1706 */
1707 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1711 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1712 *
1713 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1714 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1715 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1716 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1717 */
1718 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1719
1720 /**
1721 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1722 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1723 */
1724 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1725
1726 /**
1727 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1728 */
1729 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1730
1731 /**
1732 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1733 */
1734 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1735
1736 /**
1737 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1738 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1739 */
1740 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1741
1742 /**
1743 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1744 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1745 */
1746 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1747
1748 /**
1749 * SMTP Mode.
1750 *
1751 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1752 * Default to false or fill an array :
1753 *
1754 * @code
1755 * $wgSMTP = [
1756 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1757 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1758 * 'port' => '25',
1759 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1760 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1761 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1762 * ];
1763 * @endcode
1764 */
1765 $wgSMTP = false;
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1769 */
1770 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1771
1772 /**
1773 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1774 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1775 */
1776 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1777
1778 /**
1779 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1780 *
1781 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1782 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1783 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1784 *
1785 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1786 *
1787 * @var bool
1788 */
1789 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1790
1791 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1792 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1793 # enable or disable at their discretion
1794 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1795 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1799 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1800 * spam relay.
1801 */
1802 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1803
1804 /**
1805 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1806 */
1807 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1808
1809 /**
1810 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1811 * user talk page.
1812 *
1813 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1814 * preference set to true.
1815 */
1816 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1817
1818 /**
1819 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1820 *
1821 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1822 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1823 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1824 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1825 *
1826 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1827 *
1828 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1829 *
1830 * @var bool
1831 */
1832 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1833
1834 /**
1835 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1836 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1837 *
1838 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1839 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1840 *
1841 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1842 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1843 *
1844 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1845 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1846 */
1847 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1848
1849 /**
1850 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1851 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1852 *
1853 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1854 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1855 */
1856 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1857
1858 /**
1859 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1860 * match the limit on your mail server.
1861 */
1862 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1863
1864 /**
1865 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1866 */
1867 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1868
1869 /**
1870 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1871 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1872 */
1873 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1874
1875 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1876
1877 /************************************************************************//**
1878 * @name Database settings
1879 * @{
1880 */
1881
1882 /**
1883 * Database host name or IP address
1884 */
1885 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1886
1887 /**
1888 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1889 */
1890 $wgDBport = 5432;
1891
1892 /**
1893 * Name of the database; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1894 */
1895 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1896
1897 /**
1898 * Database username
1899 */
1900 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1901
1902 /**
1903 * Database user's password
1904 */
1905 $wgDBpassword = '';
1906
1907 /**
1908 * Database type
1909 */
1910 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1911
1912 /**
1913 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1914 *
1915 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1916 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1917 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1918 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1919 */
1920 $wgDBssl = false;
1921
1922 /**
1923 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1924 *
1925 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1926 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1927 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1928 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1929 */
1930 $wgDBcompress = false;
1931
1932 /**
1933 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1934 */
1935 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1936
1937 /**
1938 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1939 */
1940 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1941
1942 /**
1943 * Search type.
1944 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1945 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1946 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1947 */
1948 $wgSearchType = null;
1949
1950 /**
1951 * Alternative search types
1952 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1953 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1954 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1955 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1956 */
1957 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1958
1959 /**
1960 * Table name prefix.
1961 * Should be alphanumeric plus underscores, and not contain spaces nor hyphens.
1962 * Suggested format ends with an underscore.
1963 */
1964 $wgDBprefix = '';
1965
1966 /**
1967 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1968 */
1969 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1970
1971 /**
1972 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1973 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1974 * DBA has done his best job.
1975 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1976 */
1977 $wgSQLMode = '';
1978
1979 /**
1980 * Mediawiki schema; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1981 */
1982 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1983
1984 /**
1985 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1986 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1987 * @since 1.32
1988 */
1989 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1990
1991 /**
1992 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1993 */
1994 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1995
1996 /**
1997 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1998 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1999 * main database.
2000 *
2001 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
2002 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
2003 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
2004 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
2005 *
2006 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
2007 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
2008 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
2009 *
2010 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
2011 * $wgDBprefix.
2012 *
2013 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
2014 * $wgDBmwschema.
2015 *
2016 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
2017 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
2018 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
2019 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
2020 */
2021 $wgSharedDB = null;
2022
2023 /**
2024 * @see $wgSharedDB
2025 */
2026 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2027
2028 /**
2029 * @see $wgSharedDB
2030 */
2031 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2032
2033 /**
2034 * @see $wgSharedDB
2035 * @since 1.23
2036 */
2037 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2038
2039 /**
2040 * Database load balancer
2041 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2042 * Fields are:
2043 * - host: Host name
2044 * - dbname: Default database name
2045 * - user: DB user
2046 * - password: DB password
2047 * - type: DB type
2048 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2049 *
2050 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2051 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2052 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2053 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2054 *
2055 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2056 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2057 *
2058 * - flags: bit field
2059 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2060 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2061 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2062 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2063 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2064 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2065 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2066 * if available
2067 *
2068 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2069 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2070 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2071 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2072 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2073 *
2074 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2075 * variable of the Database object.
2076 *
2077 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2078 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2079 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2080 *
2081 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2082 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2083 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2084 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2085 *
2086 * @code
2087 * SET @@read_only=1;
2088 * @endcode
2089 *
2090 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2091 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2092 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2093 */
2094 $wgDBservers = false;
2095
2096 /**
2097 * Load balancer factory configuration
2098 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2099 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2100 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2101 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2102 *
2103 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2104 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2105 */
2106 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2107
2108 /**
2109 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2110 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2111 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2112 * @since 1.27
2113 */
2114 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2115
2116 /**
2117 * File to log database errors to
2118 */
2119 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2120
2121 /**
2122 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2123 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2124 *
2125 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2126 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2127 *
2128 * @par Examples:
2129 * @code
2130 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2131 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2132 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2133 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2134 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2135 * @endcode
2136 *
2137 * @since 1.20
2138 */
2139 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2140
2141 /**
2142 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2143 *
2144 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2145 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2146 * block).
2147 *
2148 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2149 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2150 * connections.
2151 *
2152 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2153 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2154 * pooled.
2155 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2156 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2157 *
2158 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2159 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2160 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2161 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2162 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2163 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2164 *
2165 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2166 */
2167 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2168
2169 /**
2170 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2171 *
2172 * @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
2173 * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
2174 * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2175 * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2176 * - "<DB NAME>"
2177 * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
2178 * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
2179 * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
2180 * from these IDs.
2181 */
2182 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2183
2184 /**
2185 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2186 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2187 * show a more obvious warning.
2188 */
2189 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2190
2191 /**
2192 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2193 */
2194 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2195
2196 /**
2197 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2198 */
2199 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2200
2201 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2202
2203 /************************************************************************//**
2204 * @name Text storage
2205 * @{
2206 */
2207
2208 /**
2209 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2210 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2211 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2212 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2213 */
2214 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2215
2216 /**
2217 * External stores allow including content
2218 * from non database sources following URL links.
2219 *
2220 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2221 * @code
2222 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2223 * @endcode
2224 *
2225 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2226 */
2227 $wgExternalStores = [];
2228
2229 /**
2230 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2231 *
2232 * @par Example:
2233 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2234 * @code
2235 * $wgExternalServers = [
2236 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2237 * ];
2238 * @endcode
2239 *
2240 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2241 * another class.
2242 */
2243 $wgExternalServers = [];
2244
2245 /**
2246 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2247 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2248 *
2249 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2250 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2251 *
2252 * @par Example:
2253 * @code
2254 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2255 * @endcode
2256 *
2257 * @var array
2258 */
2259 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2260
2261 /**
2262 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2263 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2264 *
2265 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2266 */
2267 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2268
2269 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2270
2271 /************************************************************************//**
2272 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2273 * @{
2274 */
2275
2276 /**
2277 * Disable database-intensive features
2278 */
2279 $wgMiserMode = false;
2280
2281 /**
2282 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2283 */
2284 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2285
2286 /**
2287 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2288 */
2289 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2290
2291 /**
2292 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2293 */
2294 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2295
2296 /**
2297 * Enable slow parser functions
2298 */
2299 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2300
2301 /**
2302 * Allow schema updates
2303 */
2304 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2305
2306 /**
2307 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2308 */
2309 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2310
2311 /**
2312 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2313 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2314 */
2315 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2316
2317 /**
2318 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2319 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2320 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2321 * @since 1.26
2322 */
2323 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2324
2325 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2326
2327 /************************************************************************//**
2328 * @name Cache settings
2329 * @{
2330 */
2331
2332 /**
2333 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2334 * from the web.
2335 *
2336 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2337 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2338 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2339 */
2340 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2341
2342 /**
2343 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2344 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2345 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2346 *
2347 * The options are:
2348 *
2349 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2350 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2351 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2352 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2353 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2354 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2355 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2356 *
2357 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2358 */
2359 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2363 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2364 *
2365 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2366 */
2367 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2368
2369 /**
2370 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2371 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2372 *
2373 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2374 */
2375 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2376
2377 /**
2378 * The cache type for storing session data.
2379 *
2380 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2381 */
2382 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2383
2384 /**
2385 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2386 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2387 *
2388 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2389 *
2390 * @since 1.20
2391 */
2392 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2393
2394 /**
2395 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2396 *
2397 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2398 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2399 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2400 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2401 *
2402 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2403 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2404 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2405 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2406 */
2407 $wgObjectCaches = [
2408 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2409 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2410
2411 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2412 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2413 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2414
2415 'db-replicated' => [
2416 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2417 'readFactory' => [
2418 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2419 'args' => [ [ 'replicaOnly' => true ] ]
2420 ],
2421 'writeFactory' => [
2422 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2423 'args' => [ [ 'replicaOnly' => false ] ]
2424 ],
2425 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2426 'reportDupes' => false
2427 ],
2428
2429 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2430 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2431 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2432 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2433 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2434 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2435 ];
2436
2437 /**
2438 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2439 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2440 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2441 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2442 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2443 *
2444 * The options are:
2445 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2446 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2447 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2448 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2449 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2450 * @since 1.26
2451 */
2452 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2453
2454 /**
2455 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2456 *
2457 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2458 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2459 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2460 *
2461 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2462 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2463 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "loggroup" parameter controls
2464 * where log events are sent.
2465 *
2466 * @since 1.26
2467 */
2468 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2469 CACHE_NONE => [
2470 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2471 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE
2472 ]
2473 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2474 'memcached-php' => [
2475 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2476 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php'
2477 ]
2478 */
2479 ];
2480
2481 /**
2482 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2483 *
2484 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2485 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2486 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2487 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2488 *
2489 * @var bool
2490 * @since 1.29
2491 */
2492 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2493
2494 /**
2495 * The object store type of the main stash.
2496 *
2497 * This store should be a very fast storage system optimized for holding lightweight data
2498 * like incrementable hit counters and current user activity. The store should replicate the
2499 * dataset among all data-centers. Any add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() operations should
2500 * maintain "best effort" linearizability; as long as connectivity is strong, latency is low,
2501 * and there is no eviction pressure prompted by low free space, those operations should be
2502 * linearizable. In terms of PACELC (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PACELC_theorem), the store
2503 * should act as a PA/EL distributed system for these operations. One optimization for these
2504 * operations is to route them to a "primary" data-center (e.g. one that serves HTTP POST) for
2505 * synchronous execution and then replicate to the others asynchronously. This means that at
2506 * least calls to these operations during HTTP POST requests would quickly return.
2507 *
2508 * All other operations, such as get(), set(), delete(), changeTTL(), incr(), and decr(),
2509 * should be synchronous in the local data-center, replicating asynchronously to the others.
2510 * This behavior can be overriden by the use of the WRITE_SYNC and READ_LATEST flags.
2511 *
2512 * The store should *preferably* have eventual consistency to handle network partitions.
2513 *
2514 * Modules that rely on the stash should be prepared for:
2515 * - add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() to be slower than other write operations,
2516 * at least in "secondary" data-centers (e.g. one that only serves HTTP GET/HEAD)
2517 * - Other write operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
2518 * - Read operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
2519 * - Consistency to be either eventual (with Last-Write-Wins) or just "best effort"
2520 *
2521 * In general, this means avoiding updates during idempotent HTTP requests (GET/HEAD) and
2522 * avoiding assumptions of true linearizability (e.g. accepting anomalies). Modules that need
2523 * these kind of guarantees should use other storage mediums.
2524 *
2525 * The options are:
2526 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2527 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2528 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2529 *
2530 * @since 1.26
2531 */
2532 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2533
2534 /**
2535 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2536 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2537 */
2538 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2539
2540 /**
2541 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2542 */
2543 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2544
2545 /**
2546 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2547 *
2548 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2549 *
2550 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2551 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2552 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2553 * others' cookies.
2554 *
2555 * @since 1.27
2556 * @var string
2557 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2558 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2559 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2560 */
2561 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2562
2563 /**
2564 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2565 *
2566 * @since 1.28
2567 */
2568 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2572 */
2573 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2574
2575 /**
2576 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2577 */
2578 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2579
2580 /**
2581 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2582 * requests.
2583 */
2584 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2585
2586 /**
2587 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2588 */
2589 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2590
2591 /**
2592 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2593 *
2594 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2595 *
2596 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2597 *
2598 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2599 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2600 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2601 */
2602 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2603
2604 /**
2605 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2606 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2607 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2608 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2609 */
2610 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2611
2612 /**
2613 * Localisation cache configuration.
2614 *
2615 * Used by Language::getLocalisationCache() to decide how to construct the
2616 * LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys:
2617 *
2618 * class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object.
2619 * This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache.
2620 * Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory'
2621 * and 'manualRecache' options where applicable.
2622 *
2623 * storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional.
2624 * The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option
2625 * as abstraction for this.
2626 *
2627 * store: How and where to store localisation cache data.
2628 * This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name.
2629 * Must be one of:
2630 * - 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory'
2631 * or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise.
2632 * - 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files.
2633 * - 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files.
2634 * - 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table.
2635 *
2636 * storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it
2637 * will use this directory. If set to false (default), then
2638 * $wgCacheDirectory is used instead.
2639 *
2640 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2641 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2642 */
2643 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2644 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2645 'store' => 'detect',
2646 'storeClass' => false,
2647 'storeDirectory' => false,
2648 'manualRecache' => false,
2649 ];
2650
2651 /**
2652 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2653 */
2654 $wgCachePages = true;
2655
2656 /**
2657 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2658 * client-side and server-side caching.
2659 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2660 * @verbatim
2661 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2662 * @endverbatim
2663 */
2664 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2665
2666 /**
2667 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2668 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2669 */
2670 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2674 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2675 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2676 */
2677 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2678
2679 /**
2680 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2681 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2682 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2683 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2684 */
2685 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2686
2687 /**
2688 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2689 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2690 */
2691 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2692
2693 /**
2694 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2695 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2696 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2697 *
2698 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2699 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2700 * don't update as expected.
2701 */
2702 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2703
2704 /**
2705 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2706 */
2707 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2708
2709 /**
2710 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2711 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2712 *
2713 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2714 */
2715 $wgUseGzip = false;
2716
2717 /**
2718 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2719 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2720 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2721 *
2722 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2723 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2724 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2725 */
2726 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2727
2728 /**
2729 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2730 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2731 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2732 *
2733 * @par Example:
2734 * @code
2735 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2736 * @endcode
2737 *
2738 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2739 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2740 *
2741 * @var int|bool
2742 */
2743 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2744
2745 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2746
2747 /************************************************************************//**
2748 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2749 *
2750 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2751 * although they are sometimes still referred to as Squid settings for
2752 * historical reasons.
2753 *
2754 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2755 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2756 * more details.
2757 *
2758 * @{
2759 */
2760
2761 /**
2762 * Enable/disable CDN.
2763 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2764 *
2765 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid.
2766 */
2767 $wgUseCdn = false;
2768
2769 /**
2770 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2771 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2772 */
2773 $wgUseESI = false;
2774
2775 /**
2776 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2777 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2778 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2779 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2780 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2781 * HTTP redirects.
2782 */
2783 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2784
2785 /**
2786 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2787 *
2788 * @par Example:
2789 * @code
2790 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2791 * @endcode
2792 */
2793 $wgInternalServer = false;
2794
2795 /**
2796 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2797 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2798 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2799 *
2800 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2801 *
2802 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage
2803 */
2804 $wgCdnMaxAge = 18000;
2805
2806 /**
2807 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2808 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2809 *
2810 * @since 1.27
2811 */
2812 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2813
2814 /**
2815 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2816 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2817 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2818 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2819 *
2820 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2821 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2822 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2823 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2824 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2825 *
2826 * @since 1.27
2827 */
2828 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2829
2830 /**
2831 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2832 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2833 * @since 1.27
2834 */
2835 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2836
2837 /**
2838 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2839 *
2840 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2841 */
2842 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2843
2844 /**
2845 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2846 *
2847 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2848 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2849 *
2850 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2851 *
2852 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers.
2853 */
2854 $wgCdnServers = [];
2855
2856 /**
2857 * As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes;
2858 * use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP
2859 * addresses and CIDR blocks.
2860 *
2861 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2862 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge
2863 */
2864 $wgCdnServersNoPurge = [];
2865
2866 /**
2867 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2868 * configured in $wgCdnServers. Set this to false to support a CDN
2869 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2870 *
2871 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2872 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2873 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2874 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2875 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2876 *
2877 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2878 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2879 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2880 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2881 * reverse).
2882 *
2883 * @since 1.21
2884 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2885 */
2886 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2887
2888 /**
2889 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2890 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2891 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2892 *
2893 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2894 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2895 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2896 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2897 *
2898 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2899 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2900 * @code
2901 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2902 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2903 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2904 * 'port' => 4827,
2905 * ],
2906 * '' => [
2907 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2908 * 'port' => 4827,
2909 * ],
2910 * ];
2911 * @endcode
2912 *
2913 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2914 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2915 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2916 *
2917 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2918 * @code
2919 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2920 * '' => [
2921 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2922 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2923 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2924 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2925 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2926 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2927 * ],
2928 * ];
2929 * @endcode
2930 *
2931 * @since 1.22
2932 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2933 */
2934 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2935
2936 /**
2937 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2938 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2939 */
2940 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2941
2942 /**
2943 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2944 */
2945 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2946
2947 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2948
2949 /************************************************************************//**
2950 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2951 * @{
2952 */
2953
2954 /**
2955 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2956 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2957 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2958 *
2959 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2960 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2961 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2962 *
2963 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2964 * change it in their preferences.
2965 *
2966 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2967 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2968 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2969 */
2970 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2971
2972 /**
2973 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2974 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2975 */
2976 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2977
2978 /**
2979 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2980 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2981 *
2982 * @par Example:
2983 * @code
2984 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2985 * @endcode
2986 */
2987 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2988
2989 /**
2990 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2991 */
2992 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2993
2994 /**
2995 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2996 */
2997 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2998
2999 /**
3000 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
3001 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
3002 * Notes:
3003 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
3004 * map.
3005 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
3006 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
3007 * this array.
3008 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
3009 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
3010 * the prefix in this array.
3011 */
3012 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
3013
3014 /**
3015 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
3016 */
3017 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
3018
3019 /**
3020 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
3021 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
3022 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
3023 *
3024 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
3025 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
3026 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
3027 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
3028 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3029 *
3030 * @since 1.29
3031 */
3032 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3033 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
3034 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3035 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3036
3037 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
3038 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3039 ];
3040
3041 /**
3042 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3043 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3044 *
3045 * @deprecated since 1.29
3046 */
3047 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3048
3049 /**
3050 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3051 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3052 * set to "ar".
3053 *
3054 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3055 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3056 *
3057 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3058 */
3059 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3063 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3064 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3065 * support these characters.
3066 *
3067 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3068 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3069 *
3070 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3071 */
3072 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3073
3074 /**
3075 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3076 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3077 * impact.
3078 *
3079 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3080 * details.
3081 *
3082 * @since 1.17
3083 */
3084 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3085
3086 /**
3087 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3088 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3089 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3090 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3091 *
3092 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3093 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3094 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3095 */
3096 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3097
3098 /**
3099 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3100 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3101 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3102 *
3103 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3104 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3105 * to remain viewable.
3106 *
3107 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3108 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3109 */
3110 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3111
3112 /**
3113 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3114 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3115 */
3116 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3117
3118 /**
3119 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3120 * numerals in interface.
3121 */
3122 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3123
3124 /**
3125 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3126 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3127 */
3128 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3129
3130 /**
3131 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3132 */
3133 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3134
3135 /**
3136 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3137 */
3138 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3139
3140 /**
3141 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3142 */
3143 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3144
3145 /**
3146 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3147 */
3148 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3149
3150 /**
3151 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3152 */
3153 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3154
3155 /**
3156 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3157 * used to ease variant development work.
3158 */
3159 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3160
3161 /**
3162 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3163 *
3164 * @par Example:
3165 * @code
3166 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3167 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3168 * @endcode
3169 */
3170 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3171
3172 /**
3173 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3174 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3175 * language variant.
3176 *
3177 * @par Example:
3178 * @code
3179 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3180 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3181 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3182 * @endcode
3183 *
3184 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3185 *
3186 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3187 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3188 */
3189 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3190
3191 /**
3192 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3193 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3194 * customise these.
3195 */
3196 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3197
3198 /**
3199 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3200 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3201 *
3202 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3203 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3204 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3205 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3206 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3207 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3208 * the default behavior.
3209 *
3210 * @par Example:
3211 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3212 * portal:
3213 * @code
3214 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3215 * @endcode
3216 */
3217 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3218
3219 /**
3220 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3221 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3222 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3223 *
3224 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3225 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3226 *
3227 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3228 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3229 *
3230 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3231 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3232 *
3233 * @par Examples:
3234 * @code
3235 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3236 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3237 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3238 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3239 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3240 * @endcode
3241 */
3242 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3243
3244 /**
3245 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3246 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3247 *
3248 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3249 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3250 *
3251 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3252 */
3253 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3254
3255 /**
3256 * List of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in
3257 * Language::ucfirst. The characters should be
3258 * represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details
3259 * on why this is useful during php version transitions.
3260 *
3261 * @warning: EXPERIMENTAL!
3262 *
3263 * @since 1.34
3264 * @var array
3265 */
3266 $wgOverrideUcfirstCharacters = [];
3267
3268 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3269
3270 /*************************************************************************//**
3271 * @name Output format and skin settings
3272 * @{
3273 */
3274
3275 /**
3276 * The default Content-Type header.
3277 */
3278 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3282 *
3283 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3284 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3285 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3286 * @since 1.16
3287 */
3288 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3289
3290 /**
3291 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3292 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3293 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3294 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3295 * @since 1.24
3296 */
3297 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3301 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3302 * stable and change has been communicated.
3303 * @since 1.24
3304 */
3305 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3306
3307 /**
3308 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3309 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3310 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3311 *
3312 * @since 1.28
3313 */
3314 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3315
3316 /**
3317 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3318 *
3319 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3320 *
3321 * @par Example:
3322 * @code
3323 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3324 * @endcode
3325 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3326 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3327 *
3328 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3329 */
3330 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3331
3332 /**
3333 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3334 *
3335 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3336 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3337 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3338 */
3339 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3340
3341 /**
3342 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3343 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3344 */
3345 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3346
3347 /**
3348 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3349 *
3350 * @since 1.24
3351 */
3352 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3353
3354 /**
3355 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3356 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3357 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3358 */
3359 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3360
3361 /**
3362 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3363 */
3364 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3365
3366 /**
3367 * Allow user Javascript page?
3368 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3369 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3370 */
3371 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3372
3373 /**
3374 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3375 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3376 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3377 */
3378 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3379
3380 /**
3381 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3382 *
3383 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3384 * are available to users.
3385 */
3386 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3387
3388 /**
3389 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3390 */
3391 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3392
3393 /**
3394 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3395 */
3396 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3397
3398 /**
3399 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3400 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3401 */
3402 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3403
3404 /**
3405 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3406 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3407 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3408 *
3409 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3410 *
3411 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3412 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3413 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3414 *
3415 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3416 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3417 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3418 * recommended.
3419 *
3420 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3421 * not just edit pages.
3422 */
3423 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3424
3425 /**
3426 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3427 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3428 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3429 * Options are:
3430 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3431 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3432 * - false: Allow all framing.
3433 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3434 */
3435 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3436
3437 /**
3438 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3439 */
3440 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3441
3442 /**
3443 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3444 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3445 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3446 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3447 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3448 *
3449 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3450 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3451 * a page.
3452 *
3453 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3454 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3455 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3456 * would still work.
3457 *
3458 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3459 *
3460 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3461 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3462 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3463 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3464 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3465 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3466 * fragment mode is used.
3467 *
3468 * @since 1.30
3469 */
3470 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3471
3472 /**
3473 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3474 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3475 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3476 * to 'html5'.
3477 *
3478 * @since 1.30
3479 */
3480 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3481
3482 /**
3483 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3484 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3485 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3486 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3487 *
3488 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3489 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3490 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3491 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3492 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3493 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3494 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3495 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3496 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3497 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3498 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3499 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3500 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3501 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3502 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3503 * not be outputted
3504 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3505 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3506 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3507 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3508 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3509 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3510 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3511 */
3512 $wgFooterIcons = [
3513 "copyright" => [
3514 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3515 ],
3516 "poweredby" => [
3517 "mediawiki" => [
3518 // Defaults to point at
3519 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3520 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3521 "src" => null,
3522 "url" => "https://www.mediawiki.org/",
3523 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3524 ]
3525 ],
3526 ];
3527
3528 /**
3529 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3530 * to create an account.
3531 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3532 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3533 */
3534 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3535
3536 /**
3537 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3538 */
3539 $wgEdititis = false;
3540
3541 /**
3542 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3543 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3544 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3545 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3546 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3547 *
3548 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3549 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3550 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3551 */
3552 $wgSend404Code = true;
3553
3554 /**
3555 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3556 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3557 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3558 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3559 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3560 *
3561 * @since 1.20
3562 */
3563 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3564
3565 /**
3566 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3567 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3568 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3569 * unconditionally.
3570 */
3571 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3572
3573 /**
3574 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3575 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3576 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3577 * the domain root.
3578 *
3579 * @since 1.25
3580 */
3581 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3582
3583 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3584
3585 /*************************************************************************//**
3586 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3587 * @{
3588 */
3589
3590 /**
3591 * Client-side resource modules.
3592 *
3593 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3594 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3595 *
3596 * @par Example:
3597 * @code
3598 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3599 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3600 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3601 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3602 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3603 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3604 * ];
3605 * @endcode
3606 */
3607 $wgResourceModules = [];
3608
3609 /**
3610 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3611 *
3612 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3613 * not be modified or disabled.
3614 *
3615 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3616 *
3617 * @par Example:
3618 * @code
3619 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3620 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3621 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3622 * ];
3623 *
3624 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3625 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3626 * ];
3627 * @endcode
3628 *
3629 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3630 *
3631 * @par Equivalent:
3632 * @code
3633 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3634 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3635 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3636 * 'skinStyles' => [
3637 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3638 * ],
3639 * ];
3640 * @endcode
3641 *
3642 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3643 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3644 *
3645 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3646 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3647 *
3648 * @par Example:
3649 * @code
3650 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3651 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3652 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3653 * 'skinStyles' => [
3654 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3655 * ],
3656 * ];
3657 * // Note the '+' character:
3658 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3659 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3660 * ];
3661 * @endcode
3662 *
3663 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3664 *
3665 * @par Equivalent:
3666 * @code
3667 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3668 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3669 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3670 * 'skinStyles' => [
3671 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3672 * 'foo' => [
3673 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3674 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3675 * ],
3676 * ],
3677 * ];
3678 * @endcode
3679 *
3680 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3681 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3682 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3683 *
3684 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3685 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3686 *
3687 * @par Example:
3688 * @code
3689 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3690 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3691 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3692 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3693 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3694 * ];
3695 * @endcode
3696 */
3697 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3698
3699 /**
3700 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3701 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3702 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3703 *
3704 * @par Example:
3705 * @code
3706 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3707 * @endcode
3708 */
3709 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3710
3711 /**
3712 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3713 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3714 */
3715 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3716
3717 /**
3718 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3719 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3720 *
3721 * Following options to distinguish:
3722 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3723 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3724 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3725 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3726 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3727 *
3728 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3729 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3730 * client and MediaWiki.
3731 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3732 */
3733 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3734 'versioned' => [
3735 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3736 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3737 ],
3738 'unversioned' => [
3739 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3740 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3741 ],
3742 ];
3743
3744 /**
3745 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3746 *
3747 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3748 */
3749 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3750
3751 /**
3752 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3753 *
3754 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3755 */
3756 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3757
3758 /**
3759 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3760 *
3761 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3762 * work.
3763 *
3764 * @par Example of legacy code:
3765 * @code{,js}
3766 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3767 * @endcode
3768 * or:
3769 * @code{,js}
3770 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3771 * @endcode
3772 *
3773 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3774 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3775 * @code{,js}
3776 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3777 * @endcode
3778 * or:
3779 * @code{,js}
3780 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3781 * @endcode
3782 */
3783 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3784
3785 /**
3786 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3787 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3788 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3789 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3790 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3791 * that you can't increase.
3792 *
3793 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3794 * string length limit.
3795 *
3796 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3797 */
3798 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3799
3800 /**
3801 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3802 * prior to minification to validate it.
3803 *
3804 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3805 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3806 */
3807 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3808
3809 /**
3810 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3811 *
3812 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3813 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3814 *
3815 * @since 1.32
3816 */
3817 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3818
3819 /**
3820 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3821 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3822 */
3823 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3824
3825 /**
3826 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3827 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3828 *
3829 * @since 1.23
3830 */
3831 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3832
3833 /**
3834 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3835 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3836 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3837 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3838 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3839 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3840 * from the rest of the site.
3841 *
3842 * @since 1.25
3843 */
3844 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3845
3846 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3847
3848 /*************************************************************************//**
3849 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3850 * @{
3851 */
3852
3853 /**
3854 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3855 * used instead.
3856 */
3857 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3858
3859 /**
3860 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3861 *
3862 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3863 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3864 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3865 */
3866 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3867
3868 /**
3869 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3870 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3871 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3872 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3873 * hook or extension.json.
3874 *
3875 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3876 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3877 * the new namespace name.
3878 *
3879 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3880 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3881 *
3882 * @par Example:
3883 * @code
3884 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3885 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3886 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3887 * 102 => "Aide",
3888 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3889 * ];
3890 * @endcode
3891 *
3892 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3893 */
3894 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3895
3896 /**
3897 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3898 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3899 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3900 * @since 1.18
3901 */
3902 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3903
3904 /**
3905 * Namespace aliases.
3906 *
3907 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3908 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3909 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3910 * name.
3911 *
3912 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3913 *
3914 * @par Example:
3915 * @code
3916 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3917 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3918 * 'Help' => 100,
3919 * ];
3920 * @endcode
3921 */
3922 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3923
3924 /**
3925 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3926 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3927 *
3928 * Problematic punctuation:
3929 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3930 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3931 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3932 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3933 * corrupted by apache
3934 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3935 *
3936 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3937 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3938 *
3939 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3940 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3941 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3942 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3943 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3944 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3945 *
3946 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3947 */
3948 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3949
3950 /**
3951 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3952 *
3953 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3954 */
3955 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3956
3957 /**
3958 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3959 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3960 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3961 *
3962 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3963 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3964 */
3965 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3966
3967 /**
3968 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3969 */
3970 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3971
3972 /**
3973 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3974 * @{
3975 */
3976
3977 /**
3978 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3979 * database (.cdb) file.
3980 *
3981 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3982 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3983 * formats such as the following:
3984 *
3985 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3986 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3987 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3988 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3989 *
3990 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3991 * data layout.
3992 *
3993 * @var bool|array|string
3994 */
3995 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3996
3997 /**
3998 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3999 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
4000 * - 2: wiki and global levels
4001 * - 3: site levels
4002 */
4003 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
4004
4005 /**
4006 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4007 */
4008 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4009
4010 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4011
4012 /**
4013 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4014 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4015 * as 'redirected from' links.
4016 *
4017 * @par Example:
4018 * It might look something like this:
4019 * @code
4020 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4021 * @endcode
4022 *
4023 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4024 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4025 * the URL.
4026 */
4027 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4028
4029 /**
4030 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4031 *
4032 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4033 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4034 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4035 */
4036 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4037
4038 /**
4039 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, see
4040 * NamespaceInfo::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be true by default (and
4041 * setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be so. Also, since Talk
4042 * namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content namespaces, the values for those are
4043 * ignored in favor of the subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically
4044 * from NS_FILE.
4045 *
4046 * @par Example:
4047 * @code
4048 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4049 * @endcode
4050 */
4051 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4052
4053 /**
4054 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4055 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4056 */
4057 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4058 NS_TALK => true,
4059 NS_USER => true,
4060 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4061 NS_PROJECT => true,
4062 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4063 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4064 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4065 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4066 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4067 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4068 NS_HELP => true,
4069 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4070 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4071 ];
4072
4073 /**
4074 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4075 *
4076 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4077 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4078 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4079 *
4080 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4081 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4082 *
4083 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4084 * the new extension registration system.
4085 *
4086 * @since 1.23
4087 */
4088 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4089
4090 /**
4091 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4092 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4093 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4094 * number of articles in the wiki.
4095 */
4096 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4097
4098 /**
4099 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4100 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4101 * be shown on that page.
4102 * @since 1.30
4103 */
4104 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4105
4106 /**
4107 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4108 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4109 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4110 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4111 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4112 */
4113 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4114
4115 /**
4116 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4117 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4118 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4119 */
4120 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4121
4122 /**
4123 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4124 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4125 * will make the redirect fail.
4126 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4127 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4128 *
4129 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4130 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4131 */
4132 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4133
4134 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4135
4136 /************************************************************************//**
4137 * @name Parser settings
4138 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4139 * @{
4140 */
4141
4142 /**
4143 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4144 *
4145 * class The class name
4146 *
4147 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4148 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4149 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4150 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4151 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4152 *
4153 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4154 *
4155 * The Preprocessor_DOM class is deprecated, and will be removed in a future
4156 * release.
4157 *
4158 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4159 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4160 * the configuration will change at runtime via Parser member functions, so
4161 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4162 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4163 * an extension setup function.
4164 */
4165 $wgParserConf = [
4166 'class' => Parser::class,
4167 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4168 ];
4169
4170 /**
4171 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4172 */
4173 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4174
4175 /**
4176 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4177 * by PPFrame::expand()
4178 */
4179 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4180
4181 /**
4182 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4183 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4184 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4185 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4186 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4187 *
4188 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4189 */
4190 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4191
4192 /**
4193 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4194 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4195 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4196 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4197 */
4198 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4199
4200 /**
4201 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4202 */
4203 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4204
4205 /**
4206 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4207 *
4208 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4209 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4210 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4211 * more information.
4212 *
4213 * @see wfParseUrl
4214 */
4215 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4216 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4217 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4218 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4219 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4220 ];
4221
4222 /**
4223 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4224 */
4225 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4226
4227 /**
4228 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4229 */
4230 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4231
4232 /**
4233 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4234 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4235 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4236 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4237 *
4238 * @par Examples:
4239 * @code
4240 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4241 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4242 * @endcode
4243 */
4244 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4245
4246 /**
4247 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4248 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4249 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4250 * The image will be displayed.
4251 *
4252 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4253 * Or false to disable it
4254 *
4255 * @since 1.14
4256 */
4257 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4258
4259 /**
4260 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4261 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4262 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4263 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4264 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4265 * sites they control.
4266 */
4267 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4268
4269 /**
4270 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4271 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4272 * library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
4273 *
4274 * Setting this to null will use default settings.
4275 *
4276 * Keys include:
4277 * - driver: formerly used to select a postprocessor; now ignored.
4278 * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4279 * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4280 * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4281 * - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
4282 *
4283 * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
4284 *
4285 * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
4286 * production.
4287 */
4288 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4289
4290 /**
4291 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4292 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4293 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4294 */
4295 $wgRawHtml = false;
4296
4297 /**
4298 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4299 *
4300 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4301 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4302 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4303 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4304 * to some of your users.
4305 */
4306 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4307
4308 /**
4309 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4310 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4311 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4312 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4313 */
4314 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4315
4316 /**
4317 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4318 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4319 */
4320 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4321
4322 /**
4323 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4324 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4325 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4326 *
4327 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4328 *
4329 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4330 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4331 * etc.
4332 *
4333 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4334 */
4335 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4336
4337 /**
4338 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4339 */
4340 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4344 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4345 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4346 */
4347 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4348
4349 /**
4350 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4351 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4352 */
4353 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4354
4355 /**
4356 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4357 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4358 */
4359 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4360
4361 /**
4362 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4363 */
4364 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4365
4366 /**
4367 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4368 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4369 */
4370 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4371
4372 /**
4373 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4374 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4375 *
4376 * @since 1.28
4377 */
4378 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4379 'ISBN' => false,
4380 'PMID' => false,
4381 'RFC' => false
4382 ];
4383
4384 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4385
4386 /************************************************************************//**
4387 * @name Statistics
4388 * @{
4389 */
4390
4391 /**
4392 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4393 * as a valid article.
4394 *
4395 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4396 *
4397 * This variable can have the following values:
4398 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4399 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4400 *
4401 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4402 *
4403 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4404 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4405 * script.
4406 */
4407 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4408
4409 /**
4410 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4411 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4412 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4413 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4414 * numbers between different wikis.
4415 */
4416 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4417
4418 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4419
4420 /************************************************************************//**
4421 * @name User accounts, authentication
4422 * @{
4423 */
4424
4425 /**
4426 * Central ID lookup providers
4427 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4428 * @since 1.27
4429 */
4430 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4431 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4432 ];
4433
4434 /**
4435 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4436 * @var string
4437 */
4438 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4439
4440 /**
4441 * Password policy for the wiki.
4442 * Structured as
4443 * [
4444 * 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
4445 * 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
4446 * ]
4447 * where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
4448 * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
4449 * PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
4450 * of options with the following keys:
4451 * - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
4452 * - forceChange: (bool, default false) if the password is invalid, do
4453 * not let the user log in without changing the password
4454 * - suggestChangeOnLogin: (bool, default false) if true and the password is
4455 * invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
4456 * that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
4457 * screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
4458 * 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
4459 * As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
4460 * When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
4461 * arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
4462 * larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
4463 *
4464 * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
4465 * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
4466 * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
4467 * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
4468 * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
4469 *
4470 * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
4471 * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
4472 * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
4473 * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
4474 * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
4475 *
4476 * The checks supported by core are:
4477 * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
4478 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
4479 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4480 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4481 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4482 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match the username.
4483 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4484 * match a blacklist of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
4485 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4486 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4487 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4488 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4489 * Deprecated since 1.33. Use PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist instead.
4490 * - PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist - Password not in best practices list of
4491 * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
4492 * is a probabilistic test.
4493 *
4494 * If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
4495 * every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
4496 * and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
4497 * passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
4498 * The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
4499 * receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
4500 *
4501 * @since 1.26
4502 * @see PasswordPolicyChecks
4503 * @see User::checkPasswordValidity()
4504 */
4505 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4506 'policies' => [
4507 'bureaucrat' => [
4508 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4509 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4510 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4511 ],
4512 'sysop' => [
4513 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4514 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4515 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4516 ],
4517 'interface-admin' => [
4518 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4519 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4520 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4521 ],
4522 'bot' => [
4523 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4524 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4525 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4526 ],
4527 'default' => [
4528 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 1, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4529 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4530 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4531 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4532 ],
4533 ],
4534 'checks' => [
4535 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4536 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4537 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4538 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4539 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4540 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist',
4541 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInLargeBlacklist',
4542 ],
4543 ];
4544
4545 /**
4546 * Configure AuthManager
4547 *
4548 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4549 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4550 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4551 * (default is 0).
4552 *
4553 * Elements are:
4554 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4555 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4556 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4557 *
4558 * @since 1.27
4559 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4560 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4561 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4562 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4563 */
4564 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4565
4566 /**
4567 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4568 * @since 1.27
4569 */
4570 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4571 'preauth' => [
4572 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4573 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4574 'sort' => 0,
4575 ],
4576 ],
4577 'primaryauth' => [
4578 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4579 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4580 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4581 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4582 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4583 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4584 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4585 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4586 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4587 'args' => [ [
4588 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4589 'authoritative' => false,
4590 ] ],
4591 'sort' => 0,
4592 ],
4593 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4594 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4595 'args' => [ [
4596 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4597 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4598 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4599 // password") if it too fails.
4600 'authoritative' => true,
4601 ] ],
4602 'sort' => 100,
4603 ],
4604 ],
4605 'secondaryauth' => [
4606 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4607 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4608 'sort' => 0,
4609 ],
4610 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4611 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4612 'sort' => 100,
4613 ],
4614 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4615 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4616 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4617 // 'sort' => 100,
4618 // ],
4619 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4620 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4621 'sort' => 200,
4622 ],
4623 ],
4624 ];
4625
4626 /**
4627 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4628 *
4629 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4630 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4631 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4632 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4633 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4634 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4635 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4636 * that needs to do this.
4637 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4638 * the last X seconds.
4639 * - Come up with a third option.
4640 *
4641 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4642 * "X seconds".
4643 *
4644 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4645 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4646 * - LinkAccounts
4647 * - UnlinkAccount
4648 * - ChangeCredentials
4649 * - RemoveCredentials
4650 * - ChangeEmail
4651 *
4652 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4653 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4654 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4655 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4656 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4657 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4658 *
4659 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4660 *
4661 * @since 1.27
4662 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4663 */
4664 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4665 'default' => 300,
4666 ];
4667
4668 /**
4669 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4670 *
4671 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4672 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4673 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4674 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4675 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4676 *
4677 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4678 *
4679 * @since 1.27
4680 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4681 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4682 */
4683 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4684 'default' => true,
4685 ];
4686
4687 /**
4688 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4689 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4690 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4691 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4692 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4693 * @since 1.27
4694 * @var string[]
4695 */
4696 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4697 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4698 ];
4699
4700 /**
4701 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4702 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4703 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4704 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4705 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4706 * @since 1.27
4707 * @var string[]
4708 */
4709 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4710 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4711 ];
4712
4713 /**
4714 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4715 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4716 */
4717 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4718
4719 /**
4720 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4721 * words are allowed.
4722 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4723 */
4724 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4725
4726 /**
4727 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4728 *
4729 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4730 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4731 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4732 *
4733 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4734 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4735 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4736 */
4737 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4738
4739 /**
4740 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4741 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4742 * @since 1.23
4743 */
4744 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4745
4746 /**
4747 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4748 *
4749 * @since 1.24
4750 */
4751 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4752
4753 /**
4754 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4755 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4756 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4757 *
4758 * An advanced example:
4759 * @code
4760 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4761 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4762 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4763 * 'secrets' => [
4764 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4765 * ],
4766 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4767 * ];
4768 * @endcode
4769 *
4770 * @since 1.24
4771 */
4772 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4773 'A' => [
4774 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4775 ],
4776 'B' => [
4777 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4778 ],
4779 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4780 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4781 'types' => [
4782 'A',
4783 'pbkdf2',
4784 ],
4785 ],
4786 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4787 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4788 'types' => [
4789 'B',
4790 'pbkdf2',
4791 ],
4792 ],
4793 'bcrypt' => [
4794 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4795 'cost' => 9,
4796 ],
4797 'pbkdf2' => [
4798 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4799 'algo' => 'sha512',
4800 'cost' => '30000',
4801 'length' => '64',
4802 ],
4803 'argon2' => [
4804 'class' => Argon2Password::class,
4805
4806 // Algorithm used:
4807 // * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks (PHP 7.2+)
4808 // * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking (PHP 7.3+)
4809 // * 'auto' to use best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be
4810 // careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that
4811 // older versions might would not understand.
4812 'algo' => 'auto',
4813
4814 // The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash().
4815 // Set them to override that function's defaults.
4816 //
4817 // 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST,
4818 // 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST,
4819 // 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS,
4820 ],
4821 ];
4822
4823 /**
4824 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4825 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4826 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4827 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4828 */
4829 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4830 'username' => true,
4831 'email' => true,
4832 ];
4833
4834 /**
4835 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4836 */
4837 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4838
4839 /**
4840 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4841 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4842 */
4843 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4844
4845 /**
4846 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4847 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4848 */
4849 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4850 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4851 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4852 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4853 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4854 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4855 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4856 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4857 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4858 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4859 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4860 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4861 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4862 ];
4863
4864 /**
4865 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4866 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4867 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4868 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4869 */
4870 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4871 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4872 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4873 'date' => 'default',
4874 'diffonly' => 0,
4875 'disablemail' => 0,
4876 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4877 'editondblclick' => 0,
4878 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4879 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4880 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4881 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4882 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4883 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4884 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4885 'fancysig' => 0,
4886 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4887 'gender' => 'unknown',
4888 'hideminor' => 0,
4889 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4890 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4891 'imagesize' => 2,
4892 'minordefault' => 0,
4893 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4894 'nickname' => '',
4895 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4896 'numberheadings' => 0,
4897 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4898 'previewontop' => 1,
4899 'rcdays' => 7,
4900 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4901 'rclimit' => 50,
4902 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4903 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4904 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4905 'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0,
4906 'skin' => false,
4907 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4908 'thumbsize' => 5,
4909 'underline' => 2,
4910 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4911 'usenewrc' => 1,
4912 'watchcreations' => 1,
4913 'watchdefault' => 1,
4914 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4915 'watchuploads' => 1,
4916 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4917 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4918 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4919 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4920 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4921 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4922 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4923 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4924 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4925 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4926 'watchmoves' => 0,
4927 'watchrollback' => 0,
4928 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4929 'wllimit' => 250,
4930 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4931 'prefershttps' => 1,
4932 ];
4933
4934 /**
4935 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4936 */
4937 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4938
4939 /**
4940 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4941 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4942 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4943 */
4944 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4945
4946 /**
4947 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4948 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4949 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4950 *
4951 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4952 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4953 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4954 */
4955 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4956
4957 /**
4958 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4959 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4960 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4961 * @since 1.17
4962 */
4963 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4964
4965 /**
4966 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4967 *
4968 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4969 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4970 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4971 *
4972 * @since 1.27
4973 * @var string|null
4974 */
4975 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4976
4977 /**
4978 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4979 *
4980 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4981 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4982 *
4983 * @since 1.27
4984 */
4985 $wgSessionProviders = [
4986 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4987 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4988 'args' => [ [
4989 'priority' => 30,
4990 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4991 ] ],
4992 ],
4993 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4994 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4995 'args' => [ [
4996 'priority' => 75,
4997 ] ],
4998 ],
4999 ];
5000
5001 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
5002
5003 /************************************************************************//**
5004 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
5005 * @{
5006 */
5007
5008 /**
5009 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
5010 */
5011 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5012
5013 /**
5014 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5015 *
5016 * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
5017 * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
5018 * restrictions.
5019 */
5020 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5021
5022 /**
5023 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5024 */
5025 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5029 *
5030 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5031 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5032 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5033 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5034 *
5035 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5036 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5037 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5038 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5039 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5040 */
5041 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5042 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5043 'IPv6' => 19,
5044 ];
5045
5046 /**
5047 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5048 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5049 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5050 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5051 * anonymous visitors.
5052 */
5053 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5054
5055 /**
5056 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5057 *
5058 * @par Example:
5059 * @code
5060 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5061 * @endcode
5062 *
5063 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5064 *
5065 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5066 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5067 *
5068 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5069 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5070 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5071 *
5072 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5073 * hook instead.
5074 */
5075 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5076
5077 /**
5078 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5079 *
5080 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5081 * is without underscore.
5082 *
5083 * @par Example:
5084 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5085 * @code
5086 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5087 * @endcode
5088 *
5089 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5090 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5091 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5092 *
5093 * @par Example:
5094 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5095 * @code
5096 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5097 * @endcode
5098 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5099 *
5100 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5101 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5102 */
5103 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5104
5105 /**
5106 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5107 * address before being allowed to edit?
5108 */
5109 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5110
5111 /**
5112 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5113 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5114 */
5115 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5116
5117 /**
5118 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5119 *
5120 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5121 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5122 *
5123 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5124 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5125 *
5126 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5127 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5128 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5129 * in in the user_groups table.
5130 *
5131 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5132 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5133 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5134 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5135 *
5136 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5137 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5138 *
5139 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5140 */
5141 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5142
5143 /** @cond file_level_code */
5144 // Implicit group for all visitors
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5156 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5157
5158 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5181
5182 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5185
5186 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5187 // from various log pages by default
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5196
5197 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5201 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5203 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5205 // can view deleted revision text
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5234 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5236 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5237 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5238 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5239 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5240 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5241 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5242
5243 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5244 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5245 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5246 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5247 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5248 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5249 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5250
5251 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5252 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5253 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5254 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5255 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5256 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5257 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5258
5259 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5260 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5261 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5262 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5263 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5264 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5265 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5266 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5267 // For private suppression log access
5268 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5269
5270 /**
5271 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5272 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5273 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5274 * server.
5275 */
5276 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5277
5278 /** @endcond */
5279
5280 /**
5281 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5282 *
5283 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5284 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5285 *
5286 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5287 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5288 */
5289 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5290
5291 /**
5292 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5293 */
5294 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5295
5296 /**
5297 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5298 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5299 *
5300 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5301 * group".
5302 *
5303 * @par Example:
5304 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5305 * @code
5306 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5307 * @endcode
5308 *
5309 * @par Example:
5310 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5311 * @code
5312 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5313 * @endcode
5314 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5315 * any group that they happen to be in.
5316 */
5317 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5318
5319 /**
5320 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5321 */
5322 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5323
5324 /**
5325 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5326 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5327 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5328 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5329 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5330 */
5331 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5332
5333 /**
5334 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5335 *
5336 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5337 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5338 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5339 *
5340 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5341 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5342 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5343 */
5344 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5345
5346 /**
5347 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5348 *
5349 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5350 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5351 *
5352 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5353 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5354 */
5355 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5356
5357 /**
5358 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5359 *
5360 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5361 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5362 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5363 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5364 * "semiprotected".
5365 *
5366 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5367 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5368 */
5369 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5370
5371 /**
5372 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5373 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5374 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5375 *
5376 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5377 */
5378 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5379
5380 /**
5381 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5382 *
5383 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5384 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5385 *
5386 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5387 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5388 */
5389 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5390
5391 /**
5392 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5393 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5394 * privileges of new accounts.
5395 *
5396 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5397 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5398 *
5399 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5400 *
5401 * @par Example:
5402 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5403 * @code
5404 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5405 * @endcode
5406 * Set age to one day:
5407 * @code
5408 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5409 * @endcode
5410 */
5411 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5412
5413 /**
5414 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5415 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5416 *
5417 * @par Example:
5418 * @code
5419 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5420 * @endcode
5421 */
5422 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5423
5424 /**
5425 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5426 *
5427 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5428 *
5429 * $wgAutopromote = [
5430 * 'groupname' => cond,
5431 * 'group2' => cond2,
5432 * ];
5433 *
5434 * A `cond` may be:
5435 * - a single condition without arguments:
5436 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5437 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5438 * [ `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` ]
5439 * - a single condition with arguments:
5440 * e.g. `[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 ]`
5441 * - a set of conditions:
5442 * e.g. `[ 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... ]`
5443 *
5444 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5445 * - `&` (**AND**):
5446 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5447 * - `|` (**OR**):
5448 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5449 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5450 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5451 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5452 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5453 * - [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ]:
5454 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5455 * - [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ]:
5456 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5457 * - [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ]:
5458 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5459 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5460 * - [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ]:
5461 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5462 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5463 * - [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ]:
5464 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5465 * - [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ]:
5466 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5467 * - [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ]:
5468 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5469 * - [ APCOND_BLOCKED ]:
5470 * true if the user is sitewide blocked
5471 * - [ APCOND_ISBOT ]:
5472 * true if the user is a bot
5473 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5474 *
5475 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5476 * linked by operands.
5477 *
5478 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5479 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5480 */
5481 $wgAutopromote = [
5482 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5483 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5484 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5485 ],
5486 ];
5487
5488 /**
5489 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5490 *
5491 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5492 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5493 *
5494 * The format is:
5495 * @code
5496 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5497 * @endcode
5498 * Where event is either:
5499 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5500 *
5501 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5502 *
5503 * @see $wgAutopromote
5504 * @since 1.18
5505 */
5506 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5507 'onEdit' => [],
5508 ];
5509
5510 /**
5511 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5512 * @since 1.18
5513 */
5514 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5515
5516 /**
5517 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5518 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5519 *
5520 * @par Example:
5521 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5522 * @code
5523 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5524 * @endcode
5525 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5526 * @code
5527 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5528 * @endcode
5529 * Sysops can make bots:
5530 * @code
5531 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5532 * @endcode
5533 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5534 * @code
5535 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5536 * @endcode
5537 */
5538 $wgAddGroups = [];
5539
5540 /**
5541 * @see $wgAddGroups
5542 */
5543 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5544
5545 /**
5546 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5547 * For extensions only.
5548 */
5549 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5550
5551 /**
5552 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5553 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5554 */
5555 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5556
5557 /**
5558 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5559 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5560 */
5561 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5562
5563 /**
5564 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5565 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5566 * This is limited for performance reason.
5567 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5568 * @since 1.23
5569 */
5570 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5571
5572 /**
5573 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5574 *
5575 * @par Example:
5576 * @code
5577 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5578 * // no more than 100 per month
5579 * [
5580 * 'count' => 100,
5581 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5582 * ],
5583 * // no more than 10 per day
5584 * [
5585 * 'count' => 10,
5586 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5587 * ],
5588 * ];
5589 * @endcode
5590 *
5591 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5592 */
5593 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5594 'count' => 0,
5595 'seconds' => 86400,
5596 ] ];
5597
5598 /**
5599 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5600 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5601 *
5602 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5603 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5604 *
5605 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5606 *
5607 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5608 */
5609 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5610
5611 /**
5612 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5613 */
5614 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5615
5616 /**
5617 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5618 * proxies
5619 * @since 1.16
5620 */
5621 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5622
5623 /**
5624 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5625 *
5626 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5627 * the blacklist require a key).
5628 *
5629 * @par Example:
5630 * @code
5631 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5632 * // String containing URL
5633 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5634 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5635 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5636 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5637 * // just use a string as shown above
5638 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5639 * ];
5640 * @endcode
5641 *
5642 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5643 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5644 * @since 1.16
5645 */
5646 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5647
5648 /**
5649 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5650 * what the other methods might say.
5651 */
5652 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5653
5654 /**
5655 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5656 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5657 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5658 * @since 1.29
5659 * @var string[]
5660 */
5661 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5662
5663 /**
5664 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5665 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5666 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5667 */
5668 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5669
5670 /**
5671 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5672 *
5673 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5674 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5675 * elapses.
5676 *
5677 * @par Example:
5678 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5679 * @code
5680 * $wgRateLimits = [
5681 * 'edit' => [
5682 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5683 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5684 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5685 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5686 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5687 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5688 * ]
5689 * ];
5690 * @endcode
5691 *
5692 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5693 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5694 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5695 * @code
5696 * $wgRateLimits = [
5697 * 'some-action' => [
5698 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5699 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5700 * ];
5701 * @endcode
5702 *
5703 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5704 */
5705 $wgRateLimits = [
5706 // Page edits
5707 'edit' => [
5708 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5709 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5710 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5711 ],
5712 // Page moves
5713 'move' => [
5714 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5715 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5716 ],
5717 // File uploads
5718 'upload' => [
5719 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5720 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5721 ],
5722 // Page rollbacks
5723 'rollback' => [
5724 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5725 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5726 ],
5727 // Triggering password resets emails
5728 'mailpassword' => [
5729 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5730 ],
5731 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5732 'emailuser' => [
5733 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5734 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5735 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5736 ],
5737 'changeemail' => [
5738 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
5739 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
5740 ],
5741 // Purging pages
5742 'purge' => [
5743 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5744 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5745 ],
5746 // Purges of link tables
5747 'linkpurge' => [
5748 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5749 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5750 ],
5751 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5752 'renderfile' => [
5753 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5754 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5755 ],
5756 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5757 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5758 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5759 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5760 ],
5761 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5762 'stashedit' => [
5763 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5764 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5765 ],
5766 // Adding or removing change tags
5767 'changetag' => [
5768 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5769 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5770 ],
5771 // Changing the content model of a page
5772 'editcontentmodel' => [
5773 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5774 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5775 ],
5776 ];
5777
5778 /**
5779 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5780 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5781 */
5782 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5783
5784 /**
5785 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5786 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5787 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5788 */
5789 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5790
5791 /**
5792 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5793 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5794 */
5795 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5796
5797 /**
5798 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5799 *
5800 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5801 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5802 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5803 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5804 *
5805 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5806 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5807 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5808 */
5809 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5810 // Short term limit
5811 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5812 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5813 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5814 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5815 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5816 ];
5817
5818 /**
5819 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5820 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5821 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5822 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5823 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5824 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5825 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5826 * @since 1.27
5827 */
5828 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5829
5830 // @TODO: clean up grants
5831 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5848
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5853
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5856
5857 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5862
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5870
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5876
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5884
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5887
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5889 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5891 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5893 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5894
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5896
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5898
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5900 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5901
5902 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5904 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5905
5906 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5907
5908 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5909 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5910 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5911 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5912 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5913 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5914 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5915
5916 $wgGrantPermissions['oversight']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5917
5918 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5919 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5920
5921 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5922
5923 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5924
5925 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5926
5927 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5928
5929 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5930
5931 /**
5932 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5933 * @since 1.27
5934 */
5935 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5936 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5937 'basic' => 'hidden',
5938
5939 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5940 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5941 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5942 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5943
5944 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5945 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5946
5947 'sendemail' => 'email',
5948
5949 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5950 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5951
5952 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5953 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5954
5955 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5956 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5957 'rollback' => 'administration',
5958 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5959 'delete' => 'administration',
5960 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5961 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5962 'protect' => 'administration',
5963 'oversight' => 'administration',
5964 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5965
5966 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5967
5968 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5969 ];
5970
5971 /**
5972 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5973 * @since 1.27
5974 */
5975 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5976
5977 /**
5978 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5979 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5980 * @since 1.27
5981 */
5982 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5983
5984 /**
5985 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5986 *
5987 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5988 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5989 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5990 * @since 1.27
5991 */
5992 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5993
5994 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5995
5996 /************************************************************************//**
5997 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5998 * @{
5999 */
6000
6001 /**
6002 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
6003 */
6004 $wgSecretKey = false;
6005
6006 /**
6007 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
6008 *
6009 * This can have the following formats:
6010 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
6011 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
6012 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
6013 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
6014 */
6015 $wgProxyList = [];
6016
6017 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
6018
6019 /************************************************************************//**
6020 * @name Cookie settings
6021 * @{
6022 */
6023
6024 /**
6025 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
6026 */
6027 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6028
6029 /**
6030 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6031 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6032 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6033 * login cookies session-only.
6034 */
6035 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6036
6037 /**
6038 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6039 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6040 */
6041 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6042
6043 /**
6044 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6045 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6046 */
6047 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6048
6049 /**
6050 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6051 * - true: Set secure flag
6052 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6053 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6054 */
6055 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6056
6057 /**
6058 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6059 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6060 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6061 * check.
6062 */
6063 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6064
6065 /**
6066 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6067 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6068 * name to be used as a prefix.
6069 */
6070 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6071
6072 /**
6073 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6074 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6075 * XSS attack.
6076 */
6077 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6078
6079 /**
6080 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6081 */
6082 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6083
6084 /**
6085 * Override to customise the session name
6086 */
6087 $wgSessionName = false;
6088
6089 /**
6090 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6091 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6092 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6093 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6094 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6095 */
6096 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6097
6098 /**
6099 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6100 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6101 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6102 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6103 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6104 */
6105 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6106
6107 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6108
6109 /************************************************************************//**
6110 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6111 * @{
6112 */
6113
6114 /**
6115 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6116 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6117 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6118 * Please see math/README for more information.
6119 */
6120 $wgUseTeX = false;
6121
6122 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6123
6124 /************************************************************************//**
6125 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6126 *
6127 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6128 *
6129 * @{
6130 */
6131
6132 /**
6133 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6134 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6135 * may contain private data.
6136 */
6137 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6138
6139 /**
6140 * Prefix for debug log lines
6141 */
6142 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6143
6144 /**
6145 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6146 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6147 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6148 */
6149 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6150
6151 /**
6152 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6153 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6154 * and gen=js requests.
6155 */
6156 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6157
6158 /**
6159 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6160 *
6161 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6162 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6163 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6164 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6165 */
6166 $wgDebugComments = false;
6167
6168 /**
6169 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6170 *
6171 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6172 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6173 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6174 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6175 */
6176 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6177
6178 /**
6179 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6180 *
6181 * @since 1.26
6182 */
6183 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6184 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6185 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6186 'GET' => [
6187 'masterConns' => 0,
6188 'writes' => 0,
6189 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6190 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6191 ],
6192 // HTTP POST requests.
6193 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6194 'POST' => [
6195 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6196 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6197 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6198 'maxAffected' => 1000
6199 ],
6200 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6201 'writes' => 0,
6202 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6203 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6204 ],
6205 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6206 'PostSend-GET' => [
6207 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6208 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6209 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6210 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6211 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6212 'masterConns' => 0,
6213 'writes' => 0,
6214 ],
6215 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6216 'PostSend-POST' => [
6217 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6218 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6219 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6220 'maxAffected' => 1000
6221 ],
6222 // Background job runner
6223 'JobRunner' => [
6224 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6225 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6226 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6227 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6228 ],
6229 // Command-line scripts
6230 'Maintenance' => [
6231 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6232 'maxAffected' => 1000
6233 ]
6234 ];
6235
6236 /**
6237 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6238 *
6239 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6240 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6241 * in production.
6242 *
6243 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6244 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6245 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6246 * - associative array with keys:
6247 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6248 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6249 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6250 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6251 *
6252 * @par Example:
6253 * @code
6254 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6255 * @endcode
6256 *
6257 * @par Advanced example:
6258 * @code
6259 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6260 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6261 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6262 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6263 * ];
6264 * @endcode
6265 */
6266 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6267
6268 /**
6269 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6270 *
6271 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6272 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6273 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6274 * details.
6275 *
6276 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6277 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6278 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6279 *
6280 * @par To completely disable logging:
6281 * @code
6282 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6283 * @endcode
6284 *
6285 * @since 1.25
6286 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6287 * @see MwLogger
6288 */
6289 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6290 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6291 ];
6292
6293 /**
6294 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6295 *
6296 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6297 */
6298 $wgShowDebug = false;
6299
6300 /**
6301 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6302 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6303 */
6304 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6305
6306 /**
6307 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6308 */
6309 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6310
6311 /**
6312 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6313 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6314 * to an attacker.
6315 *
6316 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6317 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6318 */
6319 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6320
6321 /**
6322 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6323 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6324 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6325 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6326 */
6327 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6328
6329 /**
6330 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6331 *
6332 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6333 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6334 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6335 * exception handler.
6336 *
6337 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6338 */
6339 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6340
6341 /**
6342 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6343 */
6344 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6345
6346 /**
6347 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6348 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6349 */
6350 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6351
6352 /**
6353 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6354 */
6355 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6356
6357 /**
6358 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6359 * Should be a string, default false.
6360 * @since 1.20
6361 */
6362 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6363
6364 /**
6365 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6366 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6367 */
6368 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6369
6370 /**
6371 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6372 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6373 * after the limit.
6374 */
6375 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6376
6377 /**
6378 * Profiler configuration.
6379 *
6380 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6381 *
6382 * Example:
6383 *
6384 * @code
6385 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6386 * @endcode
6387 *
6388 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6389 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6390 *
6391 * @code
6392 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6393 * @endcode
6394 *
6395 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6396 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6397 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6398 *
6399 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6400 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6401 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6402 *
6403 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6404 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6405 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6406 *
6407 * @code
6408 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6409 * @endcode
6410 *
6411 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6412 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6413 *
6414 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6415 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6416 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6417 *
6418 * @code
6419 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6420 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ 'ProfilerOutputDb' ];
6421 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6422 * @endcode
6423 *
6424 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6425 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6426 *
6427 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6428 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6429 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6430 *
6431 * @since 1.17.0
6432 */
6433 $wgProfiler = [];
6434
6435 /**
6436 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6437 *
6438 * @since 1.5.0
6439 */
6440 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6441
6442 /**
6443 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6444 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6445 */
6446 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6447
6448 /**
6449 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6450 *
6451 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6452 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6453 */
6454 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6455
6456 /**
6457 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6458 *
6459 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6460 *
6461 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6462 *
6463 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6464 * @since 1.25
6465 */
6466 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6467
6468 /**
6469 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6470 *
6471 * @see MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
6472 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6473 * @since 1.25
6474 */
6475 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6476
6477 /**
6478 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6479 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6480 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6481 * @since 1.28
6482 */
6483 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6484 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6485 ];
6486
6487 /**
6488 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6489 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6490 * templates.
6491 */
6492 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6493
6494 /**
6495 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6496 * filename is passed to it.
6497 *
6498 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6499 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6500 *
6501 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6502 *
6503 * Use full paths.
6504 *
6505 * @deprecated since 1.30
6506 */
6507 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6508
6509 /**
6510 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6511 */
6512 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6513
6514 /**
6515 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6516 * @since 1.19
6517 */
6518 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6519
6520 /**
6521 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6522 * queries and other useful output.
6523 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled.
6524 *
6525 * @since 1.19
6526 */
6527 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6528
6529 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6530
6531 /************************************************************************//**
6532 * @name Search
6533 * @{
6534 */
6535
6536 /**
6537 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6538 */
6539 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6540
6541 /**
6542 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6543 * by default off due to execution overhead
6544 */
6545 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6546
6547 /**
6548 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6549 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6550 */
6551 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6552
6553 /**
6554 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6555 *
6556 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6557 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6558 *
6559 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6560 *
6561 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6562 */
6563 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6564
6565 /**
6566 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6567 *
6568 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6569 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6570 *
6571 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6572 */
6573 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6574 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6575 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6576 ];
6577
6578 /**
6579 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6580 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6581 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6582 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6583 */
6584 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6585
6586 /**
6587 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6588 * OpenSearch call.
6589 */
6590 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6591
6592 /**
6593 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6594 */
6595 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6596
6597 /**
6598 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6599 */
6600 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6601
6602 /**
6603 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6604 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6605 */
6606 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6607
6608 /**
6609 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6610 *
6611 * @par Example:
6612 * @code
6613 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6614 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6615 * @endcode
6616 */
6617 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6618 NS_MAIN => true,
6619 ];
6620
6621 /**
6622 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6623 * implemented by an extension instead.
6624 */
6625 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6626
6627 /**
6628 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6629 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6630 * search term.
6631 *
6632 * @par Example:
6633 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6634 * @code
6635 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6636 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6637 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6638 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6639 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6640 * @endcode
6641 */
6642 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6643
6644 /**
6645 * Search form behavior.
6646 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6647 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6648 */
6649 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6650
6651 /**
6652 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6653 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6654 * generated for all namespaces.
6655 */
6656 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6657
6658 /**
6659 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6660 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6661 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6662 *
6663 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6664 * @par Example:
6665 * @code
6666 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6667 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6668 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6669 * ];
6670 * @endcode
6671 */
6672 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6673
6674 /**
6675 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6676 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6677 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6678 */
6679 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6680
6681 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6682
6683 /************************************************************************//**
6684 * @name Edit user interface
6685 * @{
6686 */
6687
6688 /**
6689 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6690 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6691 */
6692 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6693
6694 /**
6695 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6696 */
6697 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6698
6699 /**
6700 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6701 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6702 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6703 */
6704 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6705 NS_CATEGORY => true
6706 ];
6707
6708 /**
6709 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6710 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6711 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6712 */
6713 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6714
6715 /**
6716 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6717 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6718 * ting this variable false.
6719 */
6720 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6721
6722 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6723
6724 /************************************************************************//**
6725 * @name Maintenance
6726 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6727 * @{
6728 */
6729
6730 /**
6731 * @cond file_level_code
6732 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6733 */
6734 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6735 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6736 }
6737 /** @endcond */
6738
6739 /**
6740 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6741 */
6742 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6743
6744 /**
6745 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6746 * used as an explanation to users.
6747 *
6748 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6749 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6750 * option in MySQL.
6751 */
6752 $wgReadOnly = null;
6753
6754 /**
6755 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6756 * @var bool
6757 * @since 1.31
6758 */
6759 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6760
6761 /**
6762 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6763 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6764 * message.
6765 *
6766 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6767 */
6768 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6769
6770 /**
6771 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6772 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6773 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6774 *
6775 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6776 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6777 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6778 */
6779 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6780
6781 /**
6782 * Fully specified path to git binary
6783 */
6784 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6785
6786 /**
6787 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6788 *
6789 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6790 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6791 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6792 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6793 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6794 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6795 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6796 *
6797 * @since 1.20
6798 */
6799 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6800 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6801 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6802 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6803 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6804 ];
6805
6806 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6807
6808 /************************************************************************//**
6809 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6810 * @{
6811 */
6812
6813 /**
6814 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6815 * seconds will go.
6816 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6817 */
6818 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6819
6820 /**
6821 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6822 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6823 * @since 1.26
6824 */
6825 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6826
6827 /**
6828 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6829 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6830 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6831 * @since 1.26
6832 */
6833 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6834
6835 /**
6836 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6837 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6838 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6839 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6840 * is still there.
6841 */
6842 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6843
6844 /**
6845 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6846 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6847 */
6848 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6849
6850 /**
6851 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6852 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6853 */
6854 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6855
6856 /**
6857 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6858 *
6859 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6860 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6861 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6862 *
6863 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6864 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6865 * passed to the constructor.
6866 *
6867 * Common options:
6868 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6869 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6870 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6871 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6872 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6873 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6874 *
6875 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6876 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6877 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6878 * to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use.
6879 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6880 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6881 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6882 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6883 *
6884 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6885 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6886 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6887 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6888 *
6889 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6890 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6891 *
6892 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6893 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6894 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6895 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6896 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6897 * ];
6898 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6899 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6900 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6901 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6902 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6903 * ];
6904 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6905 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6906 * ];
6907 * @since 1.22
6908 */
6909 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6910
6911 /**
6912 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6913 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6914 * @since 1.22
6915 */
6916 $wgRCEngines = [
6917 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6918 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6919 ];
6920
6921 /**
6922 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6923 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6924 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6925 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6926 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6927 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6928 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6929 *
6930 * @since 1.27
6931 */
6932 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6933
6934 /**
6935 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6936 * New pages and new files are included.
6937 *
6938 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6939 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6940 * Special:Log.
6941 */
6942 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6943
6944 /**
6945 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6946 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6947 * 0 to disable completely.
6948 */
6949 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6950
6951 /**
6952 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6953 *
6954 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6955 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6956 * Special:Log.
6957 */
6958 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6959
6960 /**
6961 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6962 *
6963 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6964 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6965 * Special:Log.
6966 *
6967 * @since 1.27
6968 */
6969 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6970
6971 /**
6972 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6973 */
6974 $wgFeed = true;
6975
6976 /**
6977 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6978 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6979 */
6980 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6981
6982 /**
6983 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6984 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6985 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6986 *
6987 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6988 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6989 */
6990 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6991
6992 /**
6993 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6994 * pages larger than this size.
6995 */
6996 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6997
6998 /**
6999 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
7000 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
7001 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
7002 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
7003 * as value.
7004 * @par Example:
7005 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
7006 * @code
7007 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
7008 * @endcode
7009 */
7010 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
7011
7012 /**
7013 * Available feeds objects.
7014 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
7015 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
7016 */
7017 $wgFeedClasses = [
7018 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
7019 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
7020 ];
7021
7022 /**
7023 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7024 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7025 */
7026 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7027
7028 /**
7029 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7030 */
7031 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7032
7033 /**
7034 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7035 */
7036 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7037
7038 /**
7039 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7040 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7041 * highlighted on the RC page.
7042 */
7043 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7044
7045 /**
7046 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7047 * view for watched pages with new changes
7048 */
7049 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7050
7051 /**
7052 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7053 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7054 */
7055 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7059 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7060 */
7061 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7062
7063 /**
7064 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7065 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7066 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7067 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7068 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7069 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7070 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7071 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7072 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7073 *
7074 * @var array
7075 * @since 1.31
7076 */
7077 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7078 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7079 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7080 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7081 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7082 'mw-blank' => true,
7083 'mw-replace' => true,
7084 'mw-rollback' => true,
7085 'mw-undo' => true,
7086 ];
7087
7088 /**
7089 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7090 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7091 * watchers.
7092 *
7093 * @since 1.21
7094 */
7095 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7096
7097 /**
7098 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7099 * certain types of edits.
7100 *
7101 * To register a new one:
7102 * @code
7103 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7104 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7105 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7106 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7107 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7108 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7109 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7110 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7111 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7112 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7113 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7114 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7115 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7116 * ];
7117 * @endcode
7118 *
7119 * @since 1.22
7120 */
7121 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7122 'newpage' => [
7123 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7124 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7125 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7126 'grouping' => 'any',
7127 ],
7128 'minor' => [
7129 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7130 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7131 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7132 'class' => 'minoredit',
7133 'grouping' => 'all',
7134 ],
7135 'bot' => [
7136 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7137 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7138 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7139 'class' => 'botedit',
7140 'grouping' => 'all',
7141 ],
7142 'unpatrolled' => [
7143 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7144 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7145 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7146 'grouping' => 'any',
7147 ],
7148 ];
7149
7150 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7151
7152 /************************************************************************//**
7153 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7154 * @{
7155 */
7156
7157 /**
7158 * Override for copyright metadata.
7159 *
7160 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7161 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7162 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7163 */
7164 $wgRightsPage = null;
7165
7166 /**
7167 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7168 * wiki.
7169 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7170 */
7171 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7172
7173 /**
7174 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7175 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7176 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7177 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7178 */
7179 $wgRightsText = null;
7180
7181 /**
7182 * Override for copyright metadata.
7183 */
7184 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7185
7186 /**
7187 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7188 */
7189 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7190
7191 /**
7192 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7193 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7194 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7195 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7196 * large wikis.
7197 */
7198 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7199
7200 /**
7201 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7202 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7203 */
7204 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7205
7206 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7207
7208 /************************************************************************//**
7209 * @name Import / Export
7210 * @{
7211 */
7212
7213 /**
7214 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7215 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7216 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7217 *
7218 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7219 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7220 * e.g.
7221 * @code
7222 * $wgImportSources = [
7223 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7224 * 'wikispecies',
7225 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7226 * ];
7227 * @endcode
7228 *
7229 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7230 * the ImportSources hook.
7231 *
7232 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7233 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7234 */
7235 $wgImportSources = [];
7236
7237 /**
7238 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7239 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7240 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7241 *
7242 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7243 */
7244 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7245
7246 /**
7247 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7248 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7249 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7250 */
7251 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7252
7253 /**
7254 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7255 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7256 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7257 */
7258 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7259
7260 /**
7261 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7262 */
7263 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7264
7265 /**
7266 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7267 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7268 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7269 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7270 * it's disabled by default for now.
7271 *
7272 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7273 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7274 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7275 */
7276 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7277
7278 /**
7279 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7280 */
7281 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7282
7283 /**
7284 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7285 */
7286 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7287
7288 /**
7289 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7290 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7291 *
7292 * @since 1.27
7293 */
7294 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7295
7296 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7297
7298 /*************************************************************************//**
7299 * @name Extensions
7300 * @{
7301 */
7302
7303 /**
7304 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7305 * initialised
7306 */
7307 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7308
7309 /**
7310 * Extension messages files.
7311 *
7312 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7313 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7314 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7315 * is the most common.
7316 *
7317 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7318 * in the core.
7319 *
7320 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7321 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7322 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7323 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7324 *
7325 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7326 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7327 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7328 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7329 *
7330 * @par Example:
7331 * @code
7332 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7333 * @endcode
7334 */
7335 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7336
7337 /**
7338 * Extension messages directories.
7339 *
7340 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7341 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7342 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7343 * message directories.
7344 *
7345 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7346 *
7347 * @par Simple example:
7348 * @code
7349 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7350 * @endcode
7351 *
7352 * @par Complex example:
7353 * @code
7354 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7355 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7356 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7357 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7358 * ]
7359 * @endcode
7360 * @since 1.23
7361 */
7362 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7363
7364 /**
7365 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7366 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7367 * @since 1.22
7368 */
7369 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7370
7371 /**
7372 * Parser output hooks.
7373 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7374 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7375 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7376 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7377 *
7378 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7379 *
7380 * The callback has the form:
7381 * @code
7382 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7383 * @endcode
7384 */
7385 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7386
7387 /**
7388 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7389 */
7390 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7391
7392 /**
7393 * List of valid skin names
7394 *
7395 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7396 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7397 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7398 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7399 */
7400 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7401
7402 /**
7403 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7404 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7405 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7406 * SpecialPage.
7407 */
7408 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7409
7410 /**
7411 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7412 */
7413 $wgAutoloadClasses = $wgAutoloadClasses ?? [];
7414
7415 /**
7416 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7417 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7418 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7419 */
7420 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7421
7422 /**
7423 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7424 *
7425 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7426 *
7427 * @code
7428 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7429 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7430 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7431 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7432 * 'author' => [
7433 * 'Foo Barstein',
7434 * ],
7435 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7436 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7437 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7438 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7439 * ];
7440 * @endcode
7441 *
7442 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7443 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7444 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7445 * interpreted as wikitext.
7446 *
7447 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7448 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7449 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7450 *
7451 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7452 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7453 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7454 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7455 *
7456 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7457 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7458 * usually are.)
7459 *
7460 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7461 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7462 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7463 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7464 *
7465 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7466 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7467 *
7468 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7469 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7470 *
7471 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7472 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7473 */
7474 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7475
7476 /**
7477 * Global list of hooks.
7478 *
7479 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7480 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7481 * internally by Hook:run().
7482 *
7483 * The value can be one of:
7484 *
7485 * - A function name:
7486 * @code
7487 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7488 * @endcode
7489 * - A function with some data:
7490 * @code
7491 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7492 * @endcode
7493 * - A an object method:
7494 * @code
7495 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7496 * @endcode
7497 * - A closure:
7498 * @code
7499 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7500 * // Handler code goes here.
7501 * };
7502 * @endcode
7503 *
7504 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7505 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7506 *
7507 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7508 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7509 */
7510 $wgHooks = [];
7511
7512 /**
7513 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7514 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7515 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7516 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7517 * hook for that.
7518 *
7519 * @see MediaWikiServices
7520 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7521 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7522 */
7523 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7524 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7525 ];
7526
7527 /**
7528 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7529 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7530 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7531 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7532 * The callback takes (Title, array map of parameters) as arguments.
7533 */
7534 $wgJobClasses = [
7535 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7536 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7537 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7538 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7539 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7540 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7541 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7542 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7543 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7544 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7545 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7546 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7547 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7548 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7549 'categoryMembershipChange' => function ( Title $title, $params = [] ) {
7550 $pc = MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getParserCache();
7551 return new CategoryMembershipChangeJob( $pc, $title, $params );
7552 },
7553 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7554 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7555 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7556 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7557 'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class,
7558 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7559 'null' => NullJob::class,
7560 ];
7561
7562 /**
7563 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7564 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7565 *
7566 * These can be:
7567 * - Very long-running jobs.
7568 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7569 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7570 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7571 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7572 */
7573 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7574
7575 /**
7576 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7577 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7578 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7579 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7580 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7581 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7582 * @var float[]
7583 */
7584 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7585
7586 /**
7587 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7588 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7589 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7590 *
7591 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7592 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7593 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7594 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7595 *
7596 * @var float|bool
7597 * @since 1.26
7598 */
7599 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7600
7601 /**
7602 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7603 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7604 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7605 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7606 */
7607 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7608 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7609 ];
7610
7611 /**
7612 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7613 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7614 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7615 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7616 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7617 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7618 * that limit is hit.
7619 *
7620 * @since 1.29
7621 */
7622 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7623
7624 /**
7625 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7626 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7627 */
7628 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7629 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7630 ];
7631
7632 /**
7633 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7634 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7635 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7636 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7637 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7638 */
7639 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7640 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7641 ];
7642
7643 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7644
7645 /*************************************************************************//**
7646 * @name Categories
7647 * @{
7648 */
7649
7650 /**
7651 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7652 */
7653 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7654
7655 /**
7656 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7657 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7658 */
7659 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7660
7661 /**
7662 * Paging limit for categories
7663 */
7664 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7665
7666 /**
7667 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7668 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7669 *
7670 * Available values are:
7671 *
7672 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7673 *
7674 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7675 *
7676 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7677 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7678 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7679 *
7680 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7681 * installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7682 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7683 * server.
7684 *
7685 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7686 * the sort keys in the database.
7687 *
7688 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7689 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7690 */
7691 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7692
7693 /** @} */ # End categories }
7694
7695 /*************************************************************************//**
7696 * @name Logging
7697 * @{
7698 */
7699
7700 /**
7701 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7702 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7703 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7704 * log type.
7705 *
7706 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7707 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7708 */
7709 $wgLogTypes = [
7710 '',
7711 'block',
7712 'protect',
7713 'rights',
7714 'delete',
7715 'upload',
7716 'move',
7717 'import',
7718 'patrol',
7719 'merge',
7720 'suppress',
7721 'tag',
7722 'managetags',
7723 'contentmodel',
7724 ];
7725
7726 /**
7727 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7728 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7729 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7730 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7731 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7732 */
7733 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7734 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7735 ];
7736
7737 /**
7738 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7739 *
7740 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7741 *
7742 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7743 *
7744 * @par Example:
7745 * @code
7746 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7747 * @endcode
7748 *
7749 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7750 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7751 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7752 *
7753 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7754 * used for the link text.
7755 */
7756 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7757 'patrol' => true,
7758 'tag' => true,
7759 ];
7760
7761 /**
7762 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7763 * will be listed in the user interface.
7764 *
7765 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7766 *
7767 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7768 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7769 */
7770 $wgLogNames = [
7771 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7772 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7773 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7774 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7775 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7776 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7777 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7778 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7779 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7780 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7781 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7782 ];
7783
7784 /**
7785 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7786 * top of each log type.
7787 *
7788 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7789 *
7790 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7791 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7792 */
7793 $wgLogHeaders = [
7794 '' => 'alllogstext',
7795 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7796 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7797 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7798 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7799 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7800 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7801 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7802 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7803 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7804 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7805 ];
7806
7807 /**
7808 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7809 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7810 *
7811 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7812 */
7813 $wgLogActions = [];
7814
7815 /**
7816 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7817 * not messages.
7818 * @see LogPage::actionText
7819 * @see LogFormatter
7820 */
7821 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7822 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7823 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7824 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7825 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7826 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7827 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7828 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7829 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7830 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7831 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7832 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7833 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7834 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7835 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7836 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7837 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7838 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7839 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7840 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7841 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7842 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7843 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7844 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7845 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7846 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7847 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7848 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7849 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7850 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7851 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7852 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7853 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7854 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7855 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7856 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7857 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7858 ];
7859
7860 /**
7861 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7862 *
7863 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7864 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7865 * Extensions may append to this array
7866 * @since 1.27
7867 */
7868 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7869 'block' => [
7870 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7871 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7872 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7873 ],
7874 'contentmodel' => [
7875 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7876 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7877 ],
7878 'delete' => [
7879 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7880 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7881 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7882 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7883 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7884 ],
7885 'import' => [
7886 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7887 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7888 ],
7889 'managetags' => [
7890 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7891 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7892 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7893 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7894 ],
7895 'move' => [
7896 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7897 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7898 ],
7899 'newusers' => [
7900 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7901 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7902 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7903 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7904 ],
7905 'protect' => [
7906 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7907 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7908 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7909 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7910 ],
7911 'rights' => [
7912 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7913 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7914 ],
7915 'suppress' => [
7916 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7917 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7918 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7919 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7920 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7921 ],
7922 'upload' => [
7923 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7924 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7925 'revert' => [ 'revert' ],
7926 ],
7927 ];
7928
7929 /**
7930 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7931 */
7932 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7933
7934 /**
7935 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7936 * @since 1.32
7937 */
7938 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7939
7940 /** @} */ # end logging }
7941
7942 /*************************************************************************//**
7943 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7944 * @{
7945 */
7946
7947 /**
7948 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7949 */
7950 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7951
7952 /**
7953 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7954 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7955 */
7956 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7957
7958 /**
7959 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7960 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7961 */
7962 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7963
7964 /**
7965 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7966 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7967 */
7968 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7969
7970 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7971
7972 /*************************************************************************//**
7973 * @name Actions
7974 * @{
7975 */
7976
7977 /**
7978 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7979 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7980 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7981 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7982 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7983 * instead of the default class.
7984 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7985 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7986 */
7987 $wgActions = [
7988 'credits' => true,
7989 'delete' => true,
7990 'edit' => true,
7991 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7992 'history' => true,
7993 'info' => true,
7994 'markpatrolled' => true,
7995 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
7996 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
7997 'protect' => true,
7998 'purge' => true,
7999 'raw' => true,
8000 'render' => true,
8001 'revert' => true,
8002 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8003 'rollback' => true,
8004 'submit' => true,
8005 'unprotect' => true,
8006 'unwatch' => true,
8007 'view' => true,
8008 'watch' => true,
8009 ];
8010
8011 /** @} */ # end actions }
8012
8013 /*************************************************************************//**
8014 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
8015 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
8016 * @{
8017 */
8018
8019 /**
8020 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
8021 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
8022 * basis.
8023 */
8024 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8025
8026 /**
8027 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8028 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8029 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8030 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8031 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8032 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8033 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8034 *
8035 * @par Example:
8036 * @code
8037 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8038 * @endcode
8039 */
8040 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8041
8042 /**
8043 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8044 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8045 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8046 *
8047 * @par Example:
8048 * @code
8049 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8050 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8051 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8052 * ];
8053 * @endcode
8054 *
8055 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8056 * forms:
8057 * @code
8058 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8059 * # Underscore, not space!
8060 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8061 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8062 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8063 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8064 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8065 * ];
8066 * @endcode
8067 */
8068 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8069
8070 /**
8071 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8072 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8073 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8074 *
8075 * @par Example:
8076 * @code
8077 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8078 * @endcode
8079 */
8080 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8081
8082 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8083
8084 /************************************************************************//**
8085 * @name AJAX, Action API and REST API
8086 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8087 * replaced by the Action API entry point, api.php. They are essentially
8088 * equivalent. Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8089 * @{
8090 */
8091
8092 /**
8093 *
8094 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8095 *
8096 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8097 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8098 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8099 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8100 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8101 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8102 * requiring POST.
8103 *
8104 * @since 1.21
8105 */
8106 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8107
8108 /**
8109 * API module extensions.
8110 *
8111 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8112 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8113 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8114 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8115 *
8116 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8117 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8118 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8119 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8120 * field.
8121 *
8122 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8123 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8124 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8125 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8126 *
8127 * Examples for registering API modules:
8128 *
8129 * @code
8130 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8131 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8132 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8133 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8134 * ];
8135 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8136 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8137 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8138 * ];
8139 * @endcode
8140 *
8141 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8142 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8143 */
8144 $wgAPIModules = [];
8145
8146 /**
8147 * API format module extensions.
8148 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8149 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8150 *
8151 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8152 */
8153 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8154
8155 /**
8156 * API Query meta module extensions.
8157 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8158 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8159 *
8160 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8161 */
8162 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8163
8164 /**
8165 * API Query prop module extensions.
8166 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8167 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8168 *
8169 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8170 */
8171 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8172
8173 /**
8174 * API Query list module extensions.
8175 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8176 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8177 *
8178 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8179 */
8180 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8181
8182 /**
8183 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8184 * The default value is generally fine
8185 */
8186 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8187
8188 /**
8189 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8190 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8191 */
8192 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8193
8194 /**
8195 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8196 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8197 */
8198 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8199
8200 /**
8201 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8202 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8203 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8204 */
8205 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8206
8207 /**
8208 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8209 * API request logging
8210 */
8211 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8212
8213 /**
8214 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8215 */
8216 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8217
8218 /**
8219 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8220 * API queries.
8221 */
8222 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8223 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8224 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8225 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8226 ];
8227
8228 /**
8229 * Enable AJAX framework
8230 *
8231 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8232 */
8233 $wgUseAjax = true;
8234
8235 /**
8236 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8237 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8238 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8239 */
8240 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8241
8242 /**
8243 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8244 */
8245 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8246
8247 /**
8248 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8249 */
8250 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8251
8252 /**
8253 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8254 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8255 */
8256 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8257
8258 /**
8259 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8260 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8261 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8262 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8263 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8264 *
8265 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8266 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8267 *
8268 * @par Example:
8269 * @code
8270 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8271 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8272 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8273 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8274 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8275 * ];
8276 * @endcode
8277 */
8278 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8279
8280 /**
8281 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8282 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8283 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8284 */
8285 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8286
8287 /**
8288 * Enable the experimental REST API.
8289 *
8290 * This will be removed once the REST API is stable and used by clients.
8291 */
8292 $wgEnableRestAPI = false;
8293
8294 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8295
8296 /************************************************************************//**
8297 * @name Shell and process control
8298 * @{
8299 */
8300
8301 /**
8302 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8303 */
8304 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8305
8306 /**
8307 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8308 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8309 */
8310 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8311
8312 /**
8313 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8314 */
8315 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8316
8317 /**
8318 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8319 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8320 */
8321 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8322
8323 /**
8324 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8325 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8326 *
8327 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8328 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8329 * them segfault or deadlock.
8330 *
8331 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8332 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8333 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8334 *
8335 * @par Example:
8336 * @code
8337 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8338 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8339 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8340 * @endcode
8341 *
8342 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8343 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8344 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8345 */
8346 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8347
8348 /**
8349 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8350 */
8351 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8352
8353 /**
8354 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8355 *
8356 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8357 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8358 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8359 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8360 *
8361 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8362 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8363 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8364 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8365 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8366 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8367 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8368 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8369 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8370 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8371 * decimal separator)
8372 *
8373 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8374 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8375 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8376 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8377 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8378 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8379 * displayed to the user.
8380 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8381 * date/time values.
8382 *
8383 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8384 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8385 * wikis.
8386 */
8387 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8388
8389 /**
8390 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8391 *
8392 * Supported options:
8393 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8394 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8395 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8396 *
8397 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8398 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8399 *
8400 * @since 1.31
8401 * @var string|bool
8402 */
8403 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8404
8405 /** @} */ # End shell }
8406
8407 /************************************************************************//**
8408 * @name HTTP client
8409 * @{
8410 */
8411
8412 /**
8413 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8414 * @var int
8415 */
8416 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8417
8418 /**
8419 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8420 * @since 1.29
8421 */
8422 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8423
8424 /**
8425 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8426 */
8427 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8428
8429 /**
8430 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8431 */
8432 $wgHTTPProxy = '';
8433
8434 /**
8435 * Local virtual hosts.
8436 *
8437 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8438 *
8439 * This affects the following:
8440 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8441 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8442 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8443 * the proxy if it is configured.
8444 *
8445 * @since 1.25
8446 */
8447 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8448
8449 /**
8450 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8451 * Only works for curl
8452 */
8453 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8454
8455 /**
8456 * Whether to respect/honour the request ID provided by the incoming request
8457 * via the `X-Request-Id` header. Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front
8458 * of Mediawiki sanitises external requests. Default: `false`.
8459 */
8460 $wgAllowExternalReqID = false;
8461
8462 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8463
8464 /************************************************************************//**
8465 * @name Job queue
8466 * @{
8467 */
8468
8469 /**
8470 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8471 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8472 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8473 * be run periodically.
8474 */
8475 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8476
8477 /**
8478 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8479 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8480 * execution finishes.
8481 *
8482 * @since 1.23
8483 */
8484 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8485
8486 /**
8487 * Number of rows to update per job
8488 */
8489 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8490
8491 /**
8492 * Number of rows to update per query
8493 */
8494 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8495
8496 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8497
8498 /************************************************************************//**
8499 * @name Miscellaneous
8500 * @{
8501 */
8502
8503 /**
8504 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8505 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8506 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8507 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8508 */
8509 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8510
8511 /**
8512 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8513 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8514 * Supported values:
8515 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8516 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8517 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8518 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8519 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8520 *
8521 * @since 1.30
8522 * @deprecated since 1.34
8523 */
8524 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8525
8526 /**
8527 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8528 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8529 *
8530 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8531 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8532 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8533 */
8534 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8535
8536 /**
8537 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8538 * For debugging
8539 */
8540 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8541
8542 /**
8543 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8544 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8545 */
8546 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8547
8548 /**
8549 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8550 */
8551 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8552
8553 /**
8554 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8555 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8556 */
8557 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8558
8559 /**
8560 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8561 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8562 */
8563 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8564
8565 /**
8566 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8567 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8568 *
8569 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8570 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8571 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8572 * parameters.
8573 *
8574 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8575 * @code
8576 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8577 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8578 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8579 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8580 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8581 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8582 * 'redisConfig' => []
8583 * ] ];
8584 * @endcode
8585 *
8586 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8587 * @code
8588 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8589 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8590 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8591 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8592 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8593 * ... any extension-specific options...
8594 * ] ];
8595 * @endcode
8596 */
8597 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8598
8599 /**
8600 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8601 */
8602 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8603
8604 /**
8605 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8606 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8607 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8608 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8609 *
8610 * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
8611 * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
8612 *
8613 * @since 1.21
8614 */
8615 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8616
8617 /**
8618 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8619 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8620 *
8621 * * 'ignore': return null
8622 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8623 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8624 *
8625 * @since 1.21
8626 */
8627 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8628
8629 /**
8630 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8631 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8632 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8633 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8634 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8635 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8636 *
8637 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8638 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8639 *
8640 * @since 1.21
8641 */
8642 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8643
8644 /**
8645 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8646 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8647 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8648 *
8649 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8650 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8651 *
8652 * @since 1.21
8653 */
8654 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8655 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8656 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8657 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8658 ];
8659
8660 /**
8661 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8662 *
8663 * @since 1.20
8664 */
8665 $wgSiteTypes = [
8666 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8667 ];
8668
8669 /**
8670 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8671 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8672 * @since 1.23
8673 */
8674 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8675
8676 /**
8677 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8678 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8679 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8680 *
8681 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8682 *
8683 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8684 *
8685 * @since 1.24
8686 */
8687 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8688
8689 /**
8690 * Secret for session storage.
8691 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8692 * be used.
8693 * @since 1.27
8694 */
8695 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8696
8697 /**
8698 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8699 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8700 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8701 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8702 * @since 1.27
8703 */
8704 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8705
8706 /**
8707 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8708 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8709 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8710 * be used.
8711 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8712 * @since 1.24
8713 */
8714 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8715
8716 /**
8717 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8718 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8719 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8720 * @since 1.24
8721 */
8722 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8723
8724 /**
8725 * Enable page language feature
8726 * Allows setting page language in database
8727 * @var bool
8728 * @since 1.24
8729 */
8730 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8731
8732 /**
8733 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8734 *
8735 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8736 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8737 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8738 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8739 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8740 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8741 *
8742 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8743 *
8744 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8745 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8746 * 'options' => [
8747 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8748 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8749 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8750 * ]
8751 * ];
8752 *
8753 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8754 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8755 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8756 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8757 *
8758 * Example config for Parsoid:
8759 *
8760 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8761 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8762 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8763 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8764 * ];
8765 *
8766 * @var array
8767 * @since 1.25
8768 */
8769 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8770 'paths' => [],
8771 'modules' => [],
8772 'global' => [
8773 # Timeout in seconds
8774 'timeout' => 360,
8775 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8776 'forwardCookies' => false,
8777 'HTTPProxy' => null
8778 ]
8779 ];
8780
8781 /**
8782 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8783 * these suggestions.
8784 *
8785 * @var bool
8786 * @since 1.26
8787 */
8788 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8789
8790 /**
8791 * Where popular password file is located.
8792 *
8793 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8794 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8795 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8796 *
8797 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8798 * @since 1.27
8799 * @deprecated since 1.33
8800 * @var string path to file
8801 */
8802 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8803
8804 /*
8805 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8806 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8807 *
8808 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8809 * @since 1.27
8810 */
8811 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8812
8813 /*
8814 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8815 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8816 *
8817 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8818 * @since 1.30
8819 */
8820 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8821
8822 /**
8823 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8824 *
8825 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8826 * @since 1.32
8827 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8828 * If an array, can have parameters:
8829 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8830 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8831 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8832 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8833 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8834 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8835 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8836 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8837 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8838 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8839 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8840 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8841 */
8842 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8843
8844 /**
8845 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8846 *
8847 * @since 1.32
8848 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8849 */
8850 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8851
8852 /**
8853 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8854 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8855 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8856 *
8857 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8858 *
8859 * @since 1.32
8860 * @var string[]
8861 */
8862 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8863 'copyright',
8864 'history_copyright',
8865 'googlesearch',
8866 'feedback-terms',
8867 'feedback-termsofuse',
8868 ];
8869
8870 /**
8871 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8872 *
8873 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8874 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8875 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8876 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8877 * can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8878 *
8879 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8880 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8881 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8882 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8883 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8884 *
8885 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8886 *
8887 * @since 1.27
8888 */
8889 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8890 'default' => [
8891 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8892 ]
8893 ];
8894
8895 /**
8896 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8897 *
8898 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8899 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8900 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8901 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8902 *
8903 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8904 *
8905 * @var bool
8906 * @since 1.28
8907 */
8908 $wgPingback = false;
8909
8910 /**
8911 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8912 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8913 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8914 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8915 *
8916 * @since 1.28
8917 */
8918 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8919 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8920 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8921 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8922 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8923 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8924 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8925 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8926 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8927 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8928 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8929 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8930 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8931 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
8932 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
8933 'chrome-extension' => true,
8934 ];
8935
8936 /**
8937 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8938 * at Special:Contributions.
8939 *
8940 * @var array
8941 * @since 1.30
8942 */
8943 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8944 'IPv4' => 16,
8945 'IPv6' => 32,
8946 ];
8947
8948 /**
8949 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8950 *
8951 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8952 *
8953 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8954 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8955 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8956 *
8957 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8958 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8959 */
8960 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8961 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8962 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8963 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8964
8965 /**
8966 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8967 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8968 *
8969 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8970 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8971 *
8972 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8973 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8974 *
8975 * @par Example:
8976 * @code
8977 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8978 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8979 *];
8980 * @endcode
8981 */
8982 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8983
8984 /**
8985 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8986 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8987 *
8988 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8989 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8990 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8991 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8992 *
8993 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8994 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8995 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8996 *
8997 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8998 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8999 *
9000 * @since 1.32
9001 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9002 */
9003 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
9004
9005 /**
9006 * The schema to use per default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
9007 * explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
9008 */
9009 $wgXmlDumpSchemaVersion = XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_10;
9010
9011 /**
9012 * Actor table schema migration stage.
9013 *
9014 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
9015 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
9016 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
9017 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
9018 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
9019 *
9020 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
9021 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
9022 *
9023 * @since 1.31
9024 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
9025 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9026 */
9027 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW;
9028
9029 /**
9030 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
9031 * or namespaces.
9032 *
9033 * @since 1.33
9034 * @deprecated 1.33
9035 * @var bool
9036 */
9037 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
9038
9039 /**
9040 * Origin Trials tokens.
9041 *
9042 * @since 1.33
9043 * @var array
9044 */
9045 $wgOriginTrials = [];
9046
9047 /**
9048 * Enable client-side Priority Hints.
9049 *
9050 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9051 *
9052 * @since 1.33
9053 * @var bool
9054 */
9055 $wgPriorityHints = false;
9056
9057 /**
9058 * Ratio of requests that should get Priority Hints when the feature is enabled.
9059 *
9060 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9061 *
9062 * @since 1.34
9063 * @var float
9064 */
9065 $wgPriorityHintsRatio = 1.0;
9066
9067 /**
9068 * Enable Element Timing.
9069 *
9070 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9071 *
9072 * @since 1.33
9073 * @var bool
9074 */
9075 $wgElementTiming = false;
9076
9077 /**
9078 * Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API.
9079 *
9080 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9081 *
9082 * @since 1.34
9083 * @var int
9084 */
9085 $wgReportToExpiry = 86400;
9086
9087 /**
9088 * List of endpoints for the Reporting API.
9089 *
9090 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9091 *
9092 * @since 1.34
9093 * @var array
9094 */
9095 $wgReportToEndpoints = [];
9096
9097 /**
9098 * List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable.
9099 * Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header.
9100 *
9101 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9102 *
9103 * @since 1.34
9104 * @var array
9105 */
9106 $wgFeaturePolicyReportOnly = [];
9107
9108 /**
9109 * Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class.
9110 * Settings that can be used:
9111 * - showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results
9112 * - performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click
9113 * See also TitleWidget.js UI widget.
9114 * @since 1.34
9115 * @var array
9116 */
9117 $wgSpecialSearchFormOptions = [];
9118
9119 /**
9120 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9121 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9122 * @}
9123 */